Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to Shareholders

Full Year Results11 August 2020DOWIndustrials

Page 1 of 1

12 August 2020



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2020;

2. 2020 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 12 August 2020;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Robert Regan

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOW NER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Appendix 4E

2020

2019

%

$'m

$'m

change

Revenue from ordinary activities12,669.4 12,789.4

Other income73.3 23.3

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities12,742.7 12,812.7 (0.5%)

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income 13,417.9 13,448.3 (0.2%)

(41.3)462.2 >(100.0%)

30.0 532.6 (94.4%)

(150.3)261.8 >(100.0%)

(105.8)325.6 >(100.0%)

2020

2019

%

cents

cents

change

Basic earnings per share(26.6)42.9 >(100.0%)

Diluted earnings per share

(i)

(26.6)42.3 >(100.0%)

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share

(ii)

(26.3)9.4 >(100.0%)

(i)

(ii)

Dividend20202019

Final

(iii)

Final

Dividend per share (cents)- 14.0

Franked amount per share (cents)- 7.0

Conduit foreign income (CFI)- 50%

Dividend record date- 4/09/2019

Dividend payable date- 2/10/2019

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)3.75 4.18

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100%100%

ROADS payment dateQuarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY202016/09/201916/12/201916/03/202015/06/2020

Instalment date FY201917/09/201817/12/201815/03/201917/06/2019

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate

media release attached.

Earnings before interest and tax

(Loss) / profit from ordinary activities after tax before amortisation of

acquired intangible assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible

assets (EBITA)

(Loss) / profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members

of the parent entity

At 30 June 2020, the ROADS are anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 26.6 cents per share.

The Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share as at 30 June 2019 has been restated to reflect the correction of payroll benefit

provisions as at 1 July 2018 (Refer Note D1). In addition, the intangibles that are added back have been tax effected.

(iii)

There will be no final dividend declared / paid for the year ended 30 June 2020. Downer deferred the unfranked interim

dividend and will be paid on 25 September 2020.

1

Downer Annual Report 2020
Annual

Report

This Annual Report includes
the Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report, the

Annual Financial Report

and the Independent

Audit Report for the

financial year ended

30 June 2020. The Annual

Report is available on

the Downer website

www.downergroup.com.

Annual Report 2020 1
Contents

Directors’ Report

Page 4

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 51 Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Page 52 Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements

Page 60 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 61 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 64-65

B

Business

performance

Page 66 -78

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 79-91

D

Employee

benefits

Page 92-94

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 95-102

F

Group

structure

Page 103-111

G

Other

Page 112-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and

cash equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined benefit

plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Controlled entities

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Related party

information

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Parent entity

disclosures

B6

Remuneration of

auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Reserves

C8

Lease receivables

E8

Dividends

C9

Other provisions

C10

Contingent

liabilities

Page 125 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 126 Sustainability Performance Summary 2020

Page 130 Corporate Governance

Page 140 Information for Investors

2 Downer EDI Limited
Highlights

Total Revenue

2

$13,417.9m

Underlying

1

EBITA

$416.0m

Underlying

1

N PATA

$215.1m

Operating Cash Flow

$178.8m

Downer’s Urban Services businesses performed well during the

2020 financial year with strong demand for the Group’s road, rail,

power, gas, water, health, education, defence and government

services. Total revenue of $13.4 billion was in line with the prior year.

Downer reported a statutory net loss after tax of $155.7 million

while underlying NPATA was $215.1 million, with $386.0 million

($320.9 million after tax) of items outside the underlying result.

1 Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess the performance of the business. They have been calculated from the statutory

measures and underlying EBITA is reconciled to statutory NPAT in the Directors’ Report Group Financial Performance section on page 11.

2 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income.

Annual Report 2020 3
Downer’s strategy is to focus on its core Urban Services businesses.

These businesses have:

– demonstrated strength and resilience

– leading market positions and attractive

medium and long-term growth opportunities

– a high proportion of government and government-related contracts

– a capital light, services-based business model generating

lower risk, more predictable revenues and cash flows.

The Downer Portfolio

Downer Group

Core

Transport

Road Services

Rollingstock

Services

Transport Projects

Utilities

Telecommunications

Water

Power & Gas

Facilities

Government

Health & Education

Defence

Asset ServicesWind down & re-scope

Under review / to be sold

Oil & Gas

Infrastructure & Construction

(Facilities)

Engineering & Construction

(EC&M)

Mining

Laundries (Facilities)

Hospitality (Facilities)

Power Generation

Industrial

Non-core

Building

4 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2020

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual Financial

Report of the Company for the financial year ended 30 June

2020. In compliance with the provisions of the Corporations Act

2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.

Board of Directors

R M HARDING (71)

Chairman since November 2010,

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Mr Harding has held management positions around the world

with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General

Manager of BP Exploration Australia.

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Lynas Limited and

Horizon Oil Limited and a Director of Cleanaway Waste

Management Limited. He is a former Chairman of Roc Oil

Company Limited, Clough Limited and ARC Energy Limited and

a former Director of Santos Limited. Mr Harding will retire from

the Board of Lynas Limited on 30 September 2020.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in

Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (55)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

since July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational

management, strategic development and financial management.

He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and

was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010.

He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive

Committee, holding a number of senior roles over 14 years,

as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of

Australian Air Express. He worked at KPMG for eight years

before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Sydney Airport Limited and

Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a Member of the UTS

Engineering and IT Industry Advisory Board.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie

University and is a member of the Australian Institute of

Chartered Accountants.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

P S GARLING (66)

Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011

Mr Garling has over 35 years’ experience in the infrastructure,

construction, development and investment sectors. He was

the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital Investors, a

role he held for nine years. Prior to this, Mr Garling was CEO

of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the

Lend Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease

Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited,

Energy Queensland Limited and Newcastle Coal Infrastructure

Group and a Director of Charter Hall Limited. He is a former

Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a past

President of Water Polo Australia Limited.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University of

New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the Australian

Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the Australian

Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company Directors

and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

T G HANDICOTT (57)

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’

experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and

corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm

Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member of

its National Board for seven years including four years as National

Chairman. She also has extensive experience in governance of

local and State government organisations.

Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company PWR

Holdings Limited and of Peak Services Holdings Pty Ltd, which is

the subsidiary of the Local Government Association of Queensland

that is responsible for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott

is also a Divisional Councillor of the Queensland Division of the

Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former

member of the Queensland University of Technology (QUT)

Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets

Advisory Committee and a former Associate Member of the

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of FINSIA, Fellow of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors and Member of Chief Executive Women,

Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the

Queensland University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

Annual Report 2020 5
N M HOLLOWS (49)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has over 20 years’ experience in the resources

sector in a number of senior managerial roles across both the

public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail.

Her experience spans operational management, accounting

and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management and

corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is the Non-executive Chair of Jameson Resources

Limited, Chair of The Salvation Army Brisbane Red Shield

and Fundraising Committee, a member of the Salvation Army

Queensland Advisory Council and a member of the CEO

Advisory Committee for Dean of Queensland University of

Technology (QUT) Business School.

She was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater

Limited, a Queensland Government owned corporation; the

Chief Financial Officer and subsequently Chief Executive

Officer of Macarthur Coal Limited; Managing Director of

AMCI Australia and South East Asia; and Interim Chair of

Queensland Rail Limited.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors

and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the Institute

of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of

Business – Accounting and a Graduate Diploma in Advanced

Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of

Technology and is a Graduate of Harvard Business School’s

Program for Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

P L WATSON (63)

Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019

Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction

and engineering sectors in senior executive and governance

roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence, health,

justice and utilities sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer

and Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited, now

known as Broadspectrum, for 10 years. During this period, he

led the business through a successful transition, cultivating

a sustainable and successful public company. He also has

considerable experience in various Non-executive Director roles.

Mr Watson is currently a Consultant of Stephenson Mansell

Group where he provides coaching and mentoring to

senior executives.

Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited, Watpac

Limited, Regional Rail Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo

Management which managed PPP assets; a former Director of

the Major Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams

and Save the Children Australia; and was a Board member of

Infrastructure Australia.

A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences

and Engineering and member of the Institute of Engineers

Australia and Australian Institute of Company Directors,

Mr Watson holds a Diploma of Civil Engineering from the

Caulfield Institute of Technology and is a Graduate of the

Wharton Advanced Management Program of the University

of Pennsylvania.

Mr Watson lives in Melbourne.

6 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Directors’ Shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares

or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights

or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate, as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully Paid

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

R M Harding28,856––

G A Fenn

1

1,877,464646,097–

P S Garling19,962––

T G Handicott17,000––

N M Hollows13,000––

P L Watson16,799––

1 Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2017 to 2022. Further details regarding the conditions

relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring

that the Company complies with its statutory duties and

maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It

also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate

governance and gives practical effect to any decisions

made by the Board.

Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and

Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in

law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of Corrs

Chambers Westgarth and has over 30 years of experience in

legal practice.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in

July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the

University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from

the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously

Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and

secretarial roles at Downer for over 15 years.

Review of Operations

COVID-19

Downer has complied with all Government regulations and advice

in relation to the COVID-19 pandemic and has robust Business

Continuity Plans in place. Senior managers communicate regularly

with their teams to ensure they are fully informed about the

evolving situation and putting in place appropriate strategies.

Downer has implemented a range of control measures

across its offices and sites to minimise the risks of COVID-19

transmission. This includes:

–Increased cleaning of site amenities and facilities, including

availability of hand sanitiser on all sites

–Ensuring face-to-face meetings involve as few employees

as possible and practising appropriate social distancing

measures when these do take place

–Implementing plans for office staff to work remotely

where possible and increasing social distancing

measures in all offices

–Restricting visitors to customer sites and locations to only

essential employees and contractors

–Implementing temperature testing procedures at sites

–Banning all non-essential business travel

–Applying all current Government mandated guidelines

relating to travel and self-isolation

–Regular communication with employees reinforcing correct

hygiene, self-isolation and social distancing practices.

Downer has also put in place strategies to minimise the impact

of COVID-19 on its employees and the communities in which it

operates, including:

–Increasing the focus on mental health support and

activities for employees

–Establishing a hardship program for affected workers

–Establishing a redeployment and retraining program for

displaced workers

–Providing support for vulnerable community initiatives.

Under the New Zealand Government’s Level 4 restrictions,

Downer was only able to perform about 30% of its usual services.

These restrictions were eased from late April 2020 and service

levels then began gradually returning to normal.

In Australia, Spotless’ Hospitality business has been generating

virtually no revenue since COVID-19 regulations were introduced

in March 2020. As a result, Downer reduced the size of this

business in June to reflect the smaller scale of operations.

Annual Report 2020 7
Several other Downer businesses have also experienced a

reduction in revenue, however there has been no material impact

on demand for the majority of Downer’s Australian businesses,

including: Road Services; Rollingstock Services; Transport

Projects; Utilities; Defence consulting; Defence base and estate

management; Health and Education; and Government services.

Downer is committed to working closely with its customers and

partners to minimise the impact on operations while keeping its

employees and communities safe.

Principal Activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of integrated

services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer employs

approximately 52,000 people, mostly in Australia and New

Zealand but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and

Southern Africa.

Downer reports its results under five service lines: Transport;

Utilities; Facilities; Engineering, Construction and Maintenance

(EC&M); and Mining.

Downer’s strategy is to focus on the core Urban Services

businesses within the Transport, Utilities and Facilities service

lines because they have:

–Demonstrated strength and resilience

–Leading market positions and attractive medium and long-

term growth opportunities

–A high proportion of government and government-

related contracts

–A capital light, services-based business model generating

lower risk, more predictable revenues and cash flows.

On 21 July 2020, Downer announced a package of initiatives to

reshape the Group in line with its Urban Services strategy and

create a stronger platform for long-term, sustainable growth.

These initiatives are:

–Achieving 100% ownership of Spotless (at the date of this

Annual report, Downer owned 88% of Spotless)

–Exiting non-core businesses

–Right-sizing the cost base and operating model to align with

the Urban Services strategy

–A non-cash impairment of $165.0 million relating to the

Spotless cash generating units.

Downer has made an unconditional offer to acquire all of the

issued share capital of Spotless not already owned by Downer.

It is expected that the outcome of this offer will be known by the

end of the 2020 calendar year.

In relation to exiting non-core businesses, Downer is exploring

the potential sale of its Mining portfolio (in parts or as a whole)

and reviewing the prospects of its Hospitality business (within

the Facilities service line) to determine which parts will continue

and which will be exited or sold. Downer is also considering the

sale of its Laundries business (within Facilities).

In addition, Downer announced during the year that it would

focus its construction efforts on areas where it has a competitive

differentiation. As a result, Downer will no longer tender for

“hard dollar” construction contracts in the solar, coal, iron ore

and industrial E&I (electrical and instrumentation) and SMP

(structural, mechanical and piping) sectors.

For the 2020 financial year, an outline of each of the five services

lines is set out below.

Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Transport

Projects, and Rollingstock Services businesses.

Total revenue

1

(FY20)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY20)

35.0%48.8%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Road Services

Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia

and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products

and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 33,000 kilometres of road in Australia and

more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

Downer creates and delivers solutions to our customers’

challenges through strategic asset management and a

leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading

manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and

an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular

economy, using recycled products and environmentally

sustainable methods to produce asphalt.

Downer’s road network solutions are underpinned by industry-

leading research, development and innovation, unique asset

management tools and a commitment to safety, environment and

sustainability through industry awarded Zero Harm programs.

Downer has formed a number of strategic partnerships to meet

the changing needs of our customers and markets. Downer has

long-term asset stewardship and road management contracts

through DM Roads in Australia, and a number of alliances in

New Zealand such as the Infrastructure Alliance in Hamilton,

Whanganui Alliance, Tararua Alliance, Waikato District Alliance

and the Milford Road Alliance.

8 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Downer works for all of Australia’s State road authorities,

the New Zealand Transport Agency and a large number of

local government councils and authorities in both countries.

Customers also include road owners and businesses operating in

industries including waste collection and management, mining,

construction, airports and motor racing tracks.

Transport Projects

Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions to

customers within the transport sector. The services provided by

Downer include the design and construction of light rail, heavy

rail, signalling, track and station works, rail safety technology,

bridges and roads.

Downer has a long history of delivering transport infrastructure

projects under a variety of contracting models. Downer’s

integrated capabilities enable intelligent transport solutions, road

network management and maintenance, facility maintenance,

utilities services and renewable energy technologies.

Rollingstock Services

Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing end-to-end,

innovative transport solutions.

Downer is a leading provider of rollingstock asset management

services in Australia, with expertise in delivering whole-of-

life asset management support to our customers. Downer’s

capability spans all sectors, from rollingstock to infrastructure,

and every project phase, from design and manufacture to

through-life-support, fleet maintenance, operations and

comprehensive overhaul of assets.

Downer sets industry best practice with forward-looking

technology solutions to deliver safe, efficient and reliable

services for the public transport sector.

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures and relationships

with leading technology and knowledge providers including

Keolis, CRRC, Hitachi and Bombardier.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with contracts

to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the Gold

Coast light rail system in Queensland, and an integrated public

transport system for the city of Newcastle in New South

Wales. Keolis Downer is also one of Australia’s most significant

bus operators.

Downer’s rollingstock customers include Sydney Trains,

Transport for NSW, Public Transport Authority (WA),

Metro Trains Melbourne, Public Transport Victoria, and

Queensland Rail.

Utilities

Downer offers a range of services to customers across the power

and gas, water, communications and renewables sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY20)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY20)

20.0%23.7%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Power and Gas

Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,

operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power

and gas network assets. A collaborative approach has made

Downer a benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners of

utility assets.

Downer designs and constructs steel lattice transmission

towers, designs and builds substations, constructs and maintains

electricity and gas networks, provides asset inspection and

monitoring services, connects tens of thousands of new

power and gas customers each year and provides meter,

energy and water efficiency services for governments, utilities

and corporations.

Our performance on the network is benchmarked at activity unit

level, repeatedly demonstrable and assessed against continually

improving key performance indicators.

Water

Downer delivers complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal

and industrial water users.

Downer’s expertise includes water treatment, wastewater

treatment, water and wastewater network construction and

rehabilitation, desalination and biosolids treatment.

As a leading provider of asset management services, Downer

supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle from

conceptual development through to design, construction,

commissioning and into operations and maintenance.

Downer collaborates with customers to manage their assets, so

they create community benefits that are sustainable, innovative,

cost-effective and provide value to all stakeholders.

Annual Report 2020 9
Communications

Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and

communications service solutions, offering integrated civil

construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network

deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.

Key capabilities include:

–Design, engineering and network construction of fixed and

wireless networks

–Mobile deployment: site acquisition, environmental and

design services

–Network operations and help desk outsourcing

–Network maintenance

–Warehousing and logistics

–Smart metering

–Smart home power and technology solutions

–Fleet management

–Network security

–Remedial works and proactive maintenance

–Customer connections, in-premise installations and

service activations.

Renewables

Downer is one of Australia’s most experienced providers in the

renewable energy market, delivering services to customers

requiring both utility and commercial scale sustainable

energy solutions.

Downer offers trusted services and integrated solutions required

for the entire asset lifecycle including procurement, assembly,

design, construction, commissioning and maintenance for

a range of renewable assets specifically in the wind, solar

and power systems storage sectors including transmission

and substations.

Facilities

The Facilities service line operates in Australia and New

Zealand delivering facilities services to customers across a

range of industry sectors including: defence; education; health;

government; and hospitality.

Total revenue

1

(FY20)

Facilities

EBITA

2

(FY20)

24.7%21.6%


1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Facilities businesses include Spotless, AE Smith, Alliance, Ensign,

EPICURE, Mustard, Nuvo, Taylors and Envar.

Spotless is the largest integrated facilities management

services provider in Australia and New Zealand and its key

capabilities include:

–Air-conditioning, mechanical and electrical

–Asset maintenance and management

–Catering and hospitality

–Cleaning

–Facilities management

–Laundry management

–Security and electronic solutions

–Utility support.

The Facilities services line also includes Hawkins, New

Zealand’s leading construction business. Hawkins delivers

unique transformational projects across a variety of sectors

including education, health, airports, commercial office

buildings and heritage restorations. It leads the industry in civic

projects including art galleries, event centres, stadiums and

community facilities.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

Downer’s EC&M service line includes its Engineering &

Construction and Asset Services businesses and works with

customers in the public and private sectors delivering services

including design, engineering, construction and maintenance of

critical assets.

Total revenue

1

(FY20)

EC&M

EBITA

2

(FY20)

8.7%(10.6)%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Downer announced at its 2020 half-year results that it will focus

its construction efforts on areas where it has a competitive

differentiation. As a result, Downer will no longer tender for “hard

dollar” construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial

E&I (Electrical and Instrumentation) and SMP (Structural,

Mechanical and Piping) sectors.

In the oil and gas sector, Downer’s capabilities cover the full

range of services including maintenance, shutdown, turnaround

and outage delivery, sustaining capital program delivery, project

and commissioning services.

10 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Downer is also the leading provider of original equipment

manufacturer (OEM) maintenance and shutdown services

essential in running Australia’s power stations, servicing

customers that supply 80% of the National Electricity Market.

Downer is an OEM specialist in the design, supply, construction,

maintenance and overhaul of boilers, turbines and

generating plants.

Downer’s Mineral Technologies business is the world leader in

fine physical mineral separation solutions, including spiral gravity

concentrators, magnetic and electrostatic separation technology.

Mineral Technologies delivers innovative, process solutions for

iron ore beneficiation, mineral sands, silica sands, coal, chromite,

gold, tin, tungsten, tantalum and several other fine materials.

Mining

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified mining

contractors serving its customers across more than 60

sites in Australia, Papua New Guinea, South America and

Southern Africa.

Total revenue

1

(FY20)

Mining

EBITA

2

(FY20)

11.6%16.4%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Downer provides services at all stages of the mining

lifecycle, including:

–Exploration drilling

–Open cut mining services in Australia

–Underground mining services in Australia and

Papua New Guinea

–Drilling, explosives manufacture and supply,

blasting and crushing

–Tyre management (through the subsidiary

Otraco International)

–Mine closure and rehabilitation.

Downer’s mining services customers include BHP Mitsubishi

Alliance, Fortescue Metals Group, the Gold Fields-Gold Roads

Resources joint venture, Karara Mining Ltd, Millmerran Power

Partners, OZ Minerals and Stanwell Corporation Ltd.

Group Financial Performance

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2020, Downer reported total

revenue in line with the prior year while earnings before interest,

tax and amortisation of acquired intangible assets (EBITA) and

statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) were both lower.

The table below provides a comparison of the underlying

earnings for FY20 versus underlying results for FY19 and a

reconciliation to statutory NPAT.

Underlying

1

E B I TA

(A$m)

Reporting

SegmentFY20FY19

Variance

(%)

TransportTransport 235.6 242.4 (2.8%)

UtilitiesUtilities 114.6 136.1 (15.8%)

Facilities

2

Facilities 133.9 133.6 0.2%

Asset Services

3

EC&M 27.1 13.4 >100%

Core Urban

Services Businesses 511.2 525.5 (2.7%)

Infrastructure

& Construction

(Spotless)

2

Facilities (9.0) (3.1) >(100%)

Engineering &

Construction

(Downer)

3

EC&M (69. 2) 19.9 >(100%)

Businesses in wind down (78.2) 16.8 >(100%)

MiningMining 79.0 76.7 3.0%

Laundries

2

Facilities 9.1 17. 5 (4 8 .0%)

Hospitality

2

Facilities (19.7) 22.5 >(100%)

Businesses under

review or to be sold 68.4 116.7 (41.4%)

CorporateUnallocated (8 5 .4) (9 8 .4) 13.2%

Group Underlying EBITA 416.0 560.6 (25.8%)

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles (pre-tax) (71.3) ( 70.4) (1.3%)

Underlying EBIT 344.7 490.2 (29.7%)

Net interest expense (112.0) (82 .4) (35.9%)

Tax expense (67. 5) (117.0) 42.3%

Underlying NPAT 165.2 290.8 (43.2%)

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles (post tax) 49.9 49.3 1.2%

U n d e r l y i n g N PATA 215.1 340.1 (36.8%)

Items outside of

u n d e r l y i n g N PATA (386.0) (28.0) >(100%)

Tax effect on

items outside NPATA 65.1 13.5 >100%

Statutory NPATA (105.8) 325.6 >(100%)

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles (post tax) (4 9 . 9) (4 9 . 3) (1.2%)

Statutory NPAT (155.7) 276.3 >(100%)

1 The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to

assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been

subject to audit or review.

2 Total underlying EBITA for the Facilities segment in FY20 was $114.3 million

(FY19: $170.5 million). Refer to Note B1 on page 68.

3 Total underlying EBITA for the EC&M segment in FY20 was loss $42.1 million

(FY19: profit $33.3 million). Refer to Note B1 on page 68.

Annual Report 2020 11
A reconciliation of the underlying result to the statutory result is provided in the table below:


$mE B I TA

Net

interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PATA

Deduct:

Amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)N PAT

Underlying result416.0 (112.0)(88.9)215.1 (49.9)165.2

Historical contract claims adjustments(18.8)–5.5 (13.3)–(13.3)

Portfolio restructure and exit costs(142 .4)–42.2 (100.2)–(100.2)

Payroll remediation costs(16.3)–4.5 (11.8)–(11.8)

Goodwill impairment(165.0)––(165.0)–(165.0)

Spotless shareholder class action(34.0)–10.2 (23.8)–(23.8)

Legal settlement(9.5)–2.7 (6.8)–(6.8)

Total items outside underlying result(386.0)–65.1 (320.9)–(320.9)

Statutory result – profit/(loss) 30.0 (112.0)(23.8)(105.8)(49.9)(155.7)

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3 million, $49.9 million after-tax.

(FY19: $70.4 million, $49.3 million after-tax)

Revenue

Total revenue for the Group decreased by $30.4 million, or 0.2%,

to $13.4 billion.

Transport revenue increased by 7.9%, or $344.0 million, to

$4.7 billion. This growth has been driven by continuing strong

performance in the Road Services business particularly in

Australia, increased contributions from Transport Projects, both

in Australia and New Zealand, and strong performance in the

Rollingstock Services business.

Utilities revenue increased by 7.2%, or $181.3 million, to

$2.7 billion due to increased activities in water, power and gas,

as well as from new renewables projects. This was partially

offset by reduced contribution from nbn

TM

contracts as the

project winds down.

Facilities revenue decreased by 2.3%, or $77.0 million, to

$3.3 billion largely due to the impact of COVID-19 on Hospitality

and projects completed in New Zealand not being fully replaced.

This was partially offset by increased revenue from Government-

related contracts and contribution from Envar (acquired in 2H19).

EC&M revenue decreased by 31.5%, or $536.6 million, to

$1.2 billion as a result of project completions, particularly

the Ichthys contract, and reduced construction activity in

line with Downer’s strategy. In the Asset Services business,

COVID-19 resulted in deferrals of non-essential maintenance

and shutdowns.

Mining revenue increased by 4.8%, or $71.3 million, to $1.5 billion

with higher activities at several sites partially offset by completed

contracts at Roy Hill and Cloudbreak. COVID-19 impacted some

operational activities due to travel restrictions.

Expenses

Total expenses increased by 3.4% compared to the prior

corresponding period (pcp) and includes $386.0 million of

items outside the underlying result, while the pcp included a

$45.0 million individually significant item balance in relation to

the Murra Warra wind farm contract.

Excluding these items, total expenses increased by 0.7%,

or $81.5 million.

Employee benefits expenses decreased by 2.8%, or $123.1 million,

to $4.2 billion and represent 32.9% of Downer’s cost base.

The decrease is mainly due to a shift in the mix of labour, where

subcontractors’ costs as a percentage of revenue has increased,

as well as from the benefit of integration and restructuring

activities across the Group.

Included in Employee benefits expenses there is $51.0 million

of pre-tax items in relation to portfolio restructure and exit

costs and payroll remediation costs as described in Note B3 in

the Financial Report. Excluding these items, employee benefits

expenses would have decreased by 4.0%, or $174.1 million, and

would represent 33.5% of Downer’s cost base.

Subcontractor costs increased by 5.1%, or $212.3 million, to

$4.4 billion and represent 34.4% of Downer’s cost base. This

increase is a result of higher contract activities and the change in

the subcontractor mix on some contracts during the year.

Raw materials and consumables costs increased by 2.0%, or

$43.3 million, to $2.2 billion and represent 16.9% of Downer’s cost

base. The increase is mainly due to bogie overhaul activities in

Rollingstock Services and from contract completion activities,

particularly in the EC&M segment.

Plant and equipment costs decreased by 4.2%, or $29.2 million,

to $660.6 million and represent 5.2% of Downer’s cost base.

The decrease in plant and equipment costs is attributed to a less

capital-intensive business as well as initiatives to drive efficient

plant and equipment usage and maintenance practices.

Following the adoption of AASB 16 Leases from 1 July 2019, the

depreciation charges in relation to the right-of-use assets is now

recognised and disclosed separately. The depreciation charge

against the right-of-use assets of $151.8 million represents 1.2% of

Downer’s cost base.

12 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Other depreciation and amortisation increased by 1.5%, or

$5.5 million, to $365.5 million and represents 2.9% of Downer’s

cost base. This increase is driven by ongoing investment in

business-critical equipment over recent years.

Impairment of non-current assets of $212.0 million represents

$165.0 million impairment of goodwill and $47.0 million

impairment of capitalised information systems, right-of-use

assets; plant and equipment and leasehold improvement

balances as a result of portfolio restructuring activities.

Other expenses, which include communication, travel, occupancy

and professional fees costs, decreased by $50.1 million or 7.3%

to $632.5 million and represent 4.9% of Downer’s cost base.

This decrease is primarily as a result of the application of AASB

16 Leases, which has resulted in the majority of the Group’s

leases being brought on balance sheet, and therefore incurring

depreciation and interest charges rather than operating lease

rental charges that had previously been disclosed as part of

Other expenses.

Included in Other expenses is $94.9 million of pre-tax items as

described in Note B3 of the Annual Report. Excluding these

items, Other expenses would have decreased by 15.7%, or

$100.0 million, to $537.6 million and would represent 4.3% of

Downer’s cost base.

Earnings

The results of the Group have been adversely impacted by

contract losses in the EC&M service line as well as by the impact

of $367.2 million (pre-tax) of Individually Significant Items.

Transport EBITA decreased by 2.8%, or $6.8 million, to

$235.6 million driven by completed Transport Infrastructure

projects in Australia and New Zealand, completion of the

construction phase of contracts within Rollingstock Services,

and lower contribution from the Keolis Downer JV as Yarra

Trams patronage was impacted by COVID-19. Road Services in

Australia continued to perform strongly.

Utilities EBITA decreased by 15.8% to $114.6 million as a result

of reduced contribution from nbn

TM

contracts as the project

winds down and from telecommunications contract completions

in New Zealand.

Facilities EBITA decreased by 38.8%, or $66.1 million, to

$104.4 million due to the significant impact of COVID-19 on

the Hospitality business as well as completion of construction

contracts not fully replaced. COVID-19 also reduced volumes

in the Laundries business as elective surgery activities were

restricted. This was partially offset by increased activity in

Government contracts, including additional cleaning activities

associated with COVID-19.

EC&M reported an EBITA loss of $51.0 million for the year,

a $84.3 million decrease compared to the pcp. This was primarily

due to a small number of loss-making construction contracts

as well as from the completion of contracts in the pcp not fully

replaced. The Asset Services business grew despite COVID-19

causing cancellations and delays of plant maintenance and

shutdown activities.

Mining EBITA increased by 3.0% to $79.0 million driven by

improved performance from existing contracts, the contribution

of new contracts and benefits from restructuring initiatives.

Corporate costs decreased by $13.0 million or 13.2% to

$85.4 million following restructuring initiatives.

Net finance costs, excluding $26.4 million of interest on

lease liabilities arising from the changes in lease accounting

under AASB 16 Leases, increased by $3.2 million or 3.9%, to

$85.6 million as a result of increase in debt draw downs and debt

refinancing to support business activities.

The tax expense of $2.4 million results in an effective tax rate

of (1.6)% which is lower than the statutory rate of 30.0% due to

the impact of items including non-taxable distributions from

joint ventures and lower tax rates in overseas jurisdictions

(e.g. New Zealand) as well as non-deductible items outside

statutory results such as the Spotless goodwill impairment of

$165.0 million.

Group Cash Flow and Financing

Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level,

with Divisions focused on working capital and operating cash

flow management.

During the year ended 2020, the Group was successful in

renegotiating the maturity dates of a significant portion of its

debt facilities and establishing $787.8 million of new committed

debt facilities, $500 million of which was established in direct

response to the global COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the Group’s

liquidity strength was maintained during a period of heightened

global uncertainty and volatility. In addition, the Group deferred

payment of the 2019 interim dividend of $83.3 million to further

augment its strong liquidity position.

On 21 July 2020, the Group announced the launch of a

$400 million equity raising to support the acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless and provide flexibility for continued

investment in Downer’s core businesses. The Group now has

no material debt facilities maturing in the 12 months to 30 June

2021 and a strong liquidity position which will assist in mitigating

any further market volatility.

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow before interest and tax was $340.4 million,

a $416.6 million decrease from the prior year. Most of this

decrease ($339.6 million) occurred in the first six months of the

year as a result of lower operating cash flows in EC&M due to

losses incurred on a small number of constructions contracts,

the impact of project completions in Utilities, and Waratah bogie

overhaul activities in Transport.

Operating cash flow before interest and tax for the second half

of the year was $320.9 million, compared to $397.9 million in

the second half of the prior year. The decrease of $77.0 million

is largely driven by the impact of COVID-19 and project

completion activities across the Group. The operating cash

flow in the second half of FY20 represents a 74.2% underlying

EBITDA conversion.

Annual Report 2020 13
The Group delivered net operating cash flow of $178.8 million

with a FY20 underlying EBITDA conversion of 39.5%.

Net interest paid increased $32.8 million compared to the prior

year. Of this increase, $26.4 million relates to interest payments in

relation to the lease liabilities recognised on adoption of AASB 16

Leases from 1 July 2019.

Investing Cash

Total investing cash outflow was $397.9 million, $111.8 million

lower than prior year, driven by $55.5 million lower payments for

property, plant and equipment and $33.2 million less payments

for business acquisitions. With the onset of COVID-19, the Group

has deferred all non-essential investments.

Debt and Bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$2,034.8 million at 30 June 2020, $108.3 million lower

compared to the pcp with $595.0 million undrawn. There

is sufficient available capacity to support the ongoing

operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2020, the Group had liquidity of $1,858.5 million

comprising cash balances of $588.5 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $1,270.0 million.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Group Financial Position

The ongoing review of the Group’s compliance with Modern

Award and Enterprise Agreements obligations has determined

that the Group had a liability of $24.8 million for periods prior

to 1 July 2018. As a result, prior year comparatives have been

restated to properly reflect the opening balance of retained

earnings, employee benefits provision and related deferred tax

assets impact of $7.4 million. The after-tax impact of $17.4 million

was reflected as an adjustment in opening retained earnings, of

which $15.3 million was attributable to the parent and $2.1 million

to non-controlling interests. In the analysis below, the balances

as at 30 June 2019 are inclusive of the above adjustments.

The net assets of Downer decreased $412.3 million or 13.6% to

$2,620.5 million. The main drivers of this decrease are the impact

of the $320.9 million of items outside the underlying results and

the adoption of AASB 16 Leases from 1 July 2019 which resulted

in an adjustment to opening retained earnings of $66.0 million.

Net debt is calculated as borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

less the cash and cash equivalents. Net debt has increased

$470.0 million to $1,462.8 million mainly driven by $122.2 million

lower cash and cash equivalent balances and a lower operating

cash flow to the pcp due to project completion activities as

explained above.

As a result of a lower cash balance, drawdowns made to support

operational activities and a reduced equity resulting from the

items recognised during the year, Group gearing at 30 June

2020 was 35.5% (calculated on a pre-AASB 16 basis) which is

10.5 percentage points higher than 30 June 2019.

Total trade receivables and contract assets have increased

16.7% or $345.2 million to $2,411.1 million as a result of contract

asset balance increases in EC&M and in Transport as a result of

project commencements and bogie overhaul activities.

Inventories have increased 9.7% or $29.4 million to $334.0 million

driven by bogie overhaul activities in Transport and higher stock

levels in Utilities as a result of new contracts.

Current tax assets increased $7.5 million to $65.2 million due to

the timing of tax payments.

Interest in joint ventures and associates increased by $1.8 million

to $110.6 million. This represents Downer’s share of net profit from

joint ventures and associates of $19.4 million, offset by $17.2 million

distributions received and $0.4 million of exchange losses.

Property, plant and equipment decreased by $23.1 million with

depreciation and impairment charges of $275.1 million and net

disposals of $19.3 million being partially offset by $286.2 million

of additions during the year.

Right-of-use assets at 30 June 2020 were $592.6 million. This

balance primarily arose as a result of the adoption of AASB

16 Leases as at 1 July 2019 recognising an initial balance of

$570.6 million. The movement to 30 June 2020 relates to

new leases entered since 1 July 2019 net of depreciation and

impairment charges.

Intangible assets decreased by $234.6 million reflecting the

$165.0 million impairment of goodwill in relation to Spotless,

$23.9 million impairment of capitalised information systems and

an additional $61.4 million investment in software during the year,

offset by $100.5 million of amortisation charges.

Net deferred tax balances (net of deferred tax asset and

liabilities) moved from a net deferred tax liability position of

$36.7 million as at 30 June 2019 to a net deferred tax asset

position of $47.0 million. The net movement of $83.7 million is

primarily due to the recognition of available income tax losses as

well as the initial adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

Total trade payables and contract liabilities increased

by $69.4 million or 2.8% largely due to the recognition of

$83.3 million on dividend payables following the deferral of the

FY20 interim dividend and $34.0 million payable following the

Spotless shareholder class action settlement. Excluding these

specific payable amounts, trade payables and contract liabilities

balances decreased by $47.9 million or 1.9% due to timing of

payments and conversion of contract liabilities as project work is

delivered. Trade payables and contract liabilities represents 41.7%

of Downer’s total liabilities.

Other financial liabilities decreased by $7.2 million to

$60.2 million, representing 1.0% of Downer’s total liabilities. The

decrease mainly reflects a $26.7 million reduction in deferred

and contingent consideration payable on acquisitions made in

prior years, offset by a $17.0 million increase in the fair value of

derivative financial instruments.

14 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Lease liabilities at 30 June 2020 were $763.2 million, of which

$727.8 million was recognised on adoption of AASB 16 Leases as

at 1 July 2019. The increase represents new leasing arrangements

entered into since 1 July 2019, offset by $152.9 million of principal

payments made during the year. Lease liabilities represent 12.6% of

Downer’s total liabilities.

Provisions of $545.6 million decreased by $56.3 million mainly

driven by provision utilisation during the year, particularly for

Murra Warra and new Royal Adelaide Hospital, while the adoption

of AASB 16 Leases resulted in $37.1 million reduction of onerous

provisions related to leases being recognised against the right-of-

use assets. Provisions represent 9.0% of Downer’s total liabilities.

Employee related provisions (mainly annual leave and long service

leave) made up 79.2% of this balance with the remainder covering

contract provisions, decommissioning and restructuring and

warranty obligations.

Total equity decreased by $412.3 million compared to pcp.

The main drivers of this reduction are the loss for the year of

$155.7 million, the $174.0 million dividends paid/declared and

the $66.0 million impact for the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

Net foreign currency losses on translation of foreign operations,

particularly in New Zealand, resulted in a movement in the foreign

currency translation reserve of $13.9 million.

The Non-controlling interest’s share of the Total Equity decreased

$9.6 million to $144.2 million. The reduction is due to $5.4 million

losses by the non-controlling interest holders’ share of the

results in Spotless and Otraco South Africa, $1.0 million of other

comprehensive losses and $3.2 million post-tax impact arising

from the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

Dividends

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2020, the Board:

–Declared an interim dividend of 14.0 cents per share,

unfranked, that was to be paid on 25 March 2020 to

shareholders on the register at 26 February 2020.

On 24 March 2020 the payment date was deferred to

25 September 2020.

–Decided not to declare a final dividend for the 2020

financial year.

The unfranked dividend will be paid out of Conduit

Foreign Income (CFI).

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2020 has a yield of 4.32% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2020.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of

being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be

3.11% per annum until the next reset date.

Consistent with prior year, the Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2019 financial year,

the Board declared a 50% franked final dividend of 14.0 cents

per share, that was paid on 2 October 2019 to shareholders on

the register at 4 September 2019, with the unfranked portion

paid out of CFI.

Zero Harm

Downer’s

1

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) increased to 0.67 from 0.57 and its Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

increased to 2.88 from 2.70 per million hours worked

2

. Regrettably, in July 2019, an employee of Otraco died as a result of an incident

at our facility in Calama, Chile. Senior leaders from the business attended the site to meet with family and colleagues to offer support.

Downer continues to co-operate with regulatory investigations.

TRIFRLTIFR

TRIFR

LTIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance

(12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-19

Jul-19

Aug-19

Sep-19

Oct-19

Nov-19

Dec-19

Mar-20

Apr-20

May-20

Feb-20

Jan-20

Jun-20

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0.0

0.3

0.6

0.9

1.2

1.5

2.70

2.88

0.57

0.67

1 Safety data excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

2 Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift, or

more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is

the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs + medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and contractors. Total

Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.

Annual Report 2020 15
Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment by building trusted relationships with our customers.

Our Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Our business is founded on four Pillars:

–Safety: Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to the Company’s future success

–Delivery: we build trust by delivering on our promises with excellence while focusing on safety, value for money and efficiency

–Relationships: we collaborate to build and sustain enduring relationships based on trust and integrity

–Thought leadership: we remain at the forefront of our industry by employing the best people and having the courage to challenge

the status quo.

Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out in

the table below.

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Maintain

focus on Zero Harm

Downer believes that a sustainable and

embedded Zero Harm culture is fundamental

to the Company’s ongoing success, and to

building trusted relationships with customers and

business partners.

Downer’s approach to Zero Harm enables

it to work safely and environmentally

responsibly in industry sectors with inherently

hazardous environments.

Zero Harm at Downer means a work environment

that supports the health and safety of its people,

allows it to deliver its business activities in an

environmentally sustainable manner, and advance

the communities in which it operates.

Downer has a robust Critical Risk program throughout

its business. Risks that could cause serious injury

to people or harm to the environment, and the

controls needed to eliminate or manage those risks,

are understood. This knowledge forms the core

of Downer’s risk management processes, and the

monitoring of its critical controls.

There is a strong commitment to Downer’s Zero Harm

objectives across all levels of the business.

Each Division has in place a Zero Harm management

system that meets the requirements of the Downer

Zero Harm Framework. These systems are certified as

a minimum to AS/NZS 4801 or BS OHSAS 18001, and

ISO 14001:2015. Each system is reviewed regularly,

undergoing internal and external audit. Downer has

been developing a single management system known

as The Downer Standard that applies across all

businesses, and is presently planning for certification

of that system.

As outlined on page 6 of this Annual Report, Downer

developed and implemented a range of measures in

response to COVID-19 including Business Continuity

Plans and Business Resumption Plans. Policies

were also developed for implementing new safety

procedures, such as non-contact temperature testing.

16 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Embed asset

management and

standardisation as a

cornerstone of the

Delivery pillar

Downer has developed extensive asset

management knowledge and expertise and also

adopts and implements world-leading insights

and solutions.

Downer strives for standardisation in its risk

management and project delivery to ensure

consistent quality outcomes for its customers.

The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their

customers, continue to grow with regards to reliable,

intuitive and cost-effective assets and services.

Downer has invested in capability and talent to

improve asset management, standard processes,

data analytics and lifecycle performance analytics.

A number of these investments have Group-

wide application in addition to their bespoke

customer benefit.

Risks to be managed include: not delivering value-

added services to customers; scope reduction by

customers who elect to use pure maintenance/

blue collar services; and an inability to deliver

obligations in performance frameworks and service

outcome contracts.

Focus on engagement

with customers as a

cornerstone of the

Relationships pillar

Providing valuable and reliable products and

services to customers, and their customers,

is at the heart of Downer’s culture. It enables

Downer’s customers to focus more on their

core expertise while Downer delivers non-core

operational services.

Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers

and competitors, Downer is well positioned to

improve value and service for its customers and

their customers.

Relationships creating success continues to be

Downer’s core operating philosophy that drives

delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure

investment as initiatives and activities are focused

on helping Downer’s customers to succeed.

Risks to be managed include: the threat of new

competitors and disruptors in traditional markets;

not keeping pace with changing customer

expectations; and the threat of commoditisation of

core products and services.

Utilise technology in

core service offerings

as a cornerstone

of our Thought

Leadership pillar

Technology is an inherent feature of today’s

world and there is therefore greater demand for

technology in the services Downer provides.

Customer operations are growing in complexity

and this creates opportunities for Downer to

connect, manage, monitor and report on core

services and infrastructure.

Downer invests in a range of technology platforms

and partnerships to meet customer needs. Downer

focuses on selecting the right investments – for

example those that can be leveraged across a

number of service lines to maximise value for the

greatest number of customers.

Risks to be managed include: intensification of

competition as customers converge into large

single market procurement channels; introduction

of foreign and technology-based competitors that

bring a different value proposition; and a need for

greater investment in technology and data services.

Annual Report 2020 17
The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s

intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

TransportThe multi-billion dollar market for transport

services continues to grow in both Australia and

New Zealand. Governments in both countries

continue to invest in a range of projects to reduce

congestion, improve mobility, and provide better

linkages between communities.

Downer is a market leader in road services in both

Australia and New Zealand, light rail construction

in Australia and heavy rail construction and

maintenance in Australia.

Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships

with leading global transport solutions providers

and, through this model, is pursuing opportunities

in rollingstock manufacture and maintenance, and

transport network operations and maintenance.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading

Australian multi-modal transport operator.

Utilities Growth across utility markets is multi-faceted with

a good pipeline of prospects in both Australia

and New Zealand.

Downer has market leading positions in the power,

gas, water and communications sectors in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of

the growth opportunities available in these sectors,

with a demonstrable track record of excellence in

service delivery, and a greater focus on introducing

operational technology to improve the value Downer

brings to customers.

FacilitiesLarge-scale and long-term outsourcing contracts

continue to come to market, however the long-

term nature of contracts in this sector means that

a lot of work is already under contract.

There is a strong pipeline of opportunities on the

short-to-medium term horizon in both Australia

and New Zealand.

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is a

major force in both Australia and New Zealand with

market leading positions across key sectors including:

defence; health; education and government.

Government restrictions imposed in March 2020

to slow the spread of COVID-19 forced the majority

of customers serviced by Spotless’ Hospitality

business to close. In June 2020, Downer reduced

the footprint of this business to reflect the smaller

scale of operations.

EC&M Downer’s EC&M service line includes its

Engineering and Construction and Asset

Services businesses.

In recent years, a number of projects in the

Engineering and Construction business have

underperformed significantly. At the same time,

the Asset Services business has performed well

and achieved good growth.

Downer announced at its 2020 half year results that it

will focus its construction efforts on areas where it has

competitive differentiation. As a result, Downer will no

longer tender for “hard dollar” construction contracts

in the coal, iron ore, and industrial E&I (electrical and

instrumentation) and SMP (structural, mechanical and

piping) sectors.

Downer will continue to invest and grow its Asset

Services offering in EC&M.

18 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

Mining Downer has a proven track record as a leading

provider of mining services in Australia and is well

positioned to build on its strong market position

and pipeline of work.

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified

mining contractors offering customers feasibility

studies, open cut mining services, underground

mining services, tyre management, drilling and

blasting services, mine closure and rehabilitation,

and asset management.

Downer announced in August 2019 that it was

conducting a review of its portfolio of businesses

and that Mining would be an important area of

focus. On 16 March 2020, Downer announced its

review of Mining, including a potential sale, had been

suspended due to the extraordinary market volatility

caused by COVID-19.

In July 2020, Downer announced it was again

exploring the potential sale of the Mining portfolio,

in parts or as a whole, in response to enquiries from a

number of interested parties.

Annual Report 2020 19
Outlook

In the current environment, Downer is not providing earnings

guidance for the 2021 financial year. The acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless will allow Downer to get the

full benefits of the acquisition. Spotless is an important part

of Downer’s Urban Services strategy - driving consistent

earnings and reliable cash flow from long term customers in

critical sectors.

Downer’s diversification across critical services in road, rail,

power, gas, water, defence, health, education and government

has delivered resilience in earnings and cash flows and there

continues to be strong demand for these services.

Subsequent Events

On 21 July 2020 Downer announced the launch of a $400 million

equity raising to support the acquisition of the remaining shares

in Spotless and provide flexibility for continued investment in

Downer’s core business.

Downer has also announced it has made an unconditional offer

to acquire all of the issued share capital of Spotless not already

owned for an upfront cash consideration of approximately

$134.5 million, plus a maximum of 7.5 million Downer shares to be

issued on exercise of the Downer Contingent Share Option.

Downer has entered into a call option deed with Coltrane

Master Fund, L.P. under which it has a call option over 2.99%

of Spotless shares, which on exercise will increase Downer’s

ownership above the 90% threshold required to proceed to

compulsory acquisition.

Outside of the above, at the date of this report, there have

been no other matters or circumstances that have arisen since

the end of the financial year that have significantly affected,

or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the

results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in

subsequent financial years.

Changes in State of Affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the

state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental Management

Environmental management is a key component of Downer’s

Zero Harm philosophy and it places a strong emphasis on

meeting its environmental compliance obligations. Downer’s

environmental commitments are outlined in its Environmental

Sustainability Policy which can be found on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.

Downer’s ability to manage the impacts of its activities on the

natural and built environment is fundamental to its long-term

success. This typically relates to land, air, water and greenhouse

gas (GHG) emissions created from the activities it carries out

for its customers. Downer’s purpose is to create and sustain

the modern environment by building trusted relationships with

its customers. Downer is committed to helping its customers

succeed by developing and delivering environmentally

responsible and sustainable solutions, so communities remain

resilient for the future.

Downer remains focused on developing solutions to reduce its

energy consumption and GHG emissions. Downer is committed

to transitioning to a low carbon economy and focusing its

attention on managing risks associated with environmental

management and climate change. Downer is also taking

advantage of the commercial opportunities this presents for

its business, in particular the energy transition and delivering

infrastructure that is resilient to the physical impacts of

climate change.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the minimum standards for health, safety, environment and

sustainability within its Divisions. For environmental management

each Division’s Zero Harm Management System is certified

to ISO 14001:2015. Divisions also adhere to environmental

management requirements established by customers in addition

to all applicable licence and regulatory requirements. Each

Division is required to have an Environmental Sustainability

Action Plan (ESAP) and strategies in place supported by suitably

qualified environment and sustainability professionals. The

ESAP allocates internal responsibilities for reducing the impact

of its operations and business activities on the environment.

In addition, all Divisions’ management systems are audited

internally and externally by independent third parties.

20 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998 Annual

General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies who have

completed six months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 June 2020 or 30 June 2019.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ Meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2020

financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member).

During the year, 17 Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, four Zero Harm Committee meetings, two Remuneration

Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 25 ad hoc meetings

(attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews and major projects.

Board

Audit and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding1717––22

G A Fenn1717––––

S A Chaplain

5

3322––

P S Garling

2

1717––22

T G Handicott

3

17176622

N M Hollows17176611

C G Thorne

4

171565––

P L Watson171766––

Zero Harm

Committee

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding––22

G A Fenn44––

S A Chaplain

5

22––

P S Garling

2

––––

T G Handicott

3

––22

N M Hollows––––

C G Thorne

4

43––

P L Watson44––

1 These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2 Mr Garling is also Chairman of the Rail Projects Committee.

3 Ms Handicott is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

4 Dr Thorne was also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis. Dr Thorne retired as a Director of the Company on

13 July 2020.

5 Ms Chaplain retired as a Director of the Company on 7 November 2019.

Annual Report 2020 21
Indemnification of Officers and Auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in

respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company,

the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any

related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,

secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of

the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent

permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary

of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the

performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the

Company Secretaries listed on pages 4 to 6, individuals who act

as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and

certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have

the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial

year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of

the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability

incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 130 to 139 of

this Annual Report.

Non-audit Services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are

consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

–All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved

to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and

objectivity of the auditor

–None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and

Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the

auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-

making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the

Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on

page 51 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit Services

2020

$

2019

$

Tax services242,148338,957

Advisory and due

diligence services468,318275,000

710,466613,957

Rounding of Amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ Report

and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,

amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number

of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing

hundreds of thousands of dollars.

22 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Remuneration Report

Chairman’s Letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2020 Remuneration Report provides information about

the remuneration of its most senior executives and explains how

performance has been linked to reward outcomes at Downer for

the 2020 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2019, 97.3%

of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour of the 2019

Remuneration Report. The structure of the 2020 Remuneration

Report has been prepared with the same objective of providing

readers with a transparent view of key performance and

outcomes using the report structure adopted in previous years.

A strong future

Several decisions have been made since the last Chairman’s

Letter with a clear objective to create a stronger platform for

long-term, sustainable growth and position Downer as one of

Australia’s largest integrated providers of Urban Services.

These include:

–Repositioning construction efforts to markets and projects

where Downer has competitive strength and opportunity to

drive long-term services based contracts

–Completing significant refinancing and establishment of new

facilities to bolster the Group’s liquidity and reduce short-

term debt maturities

–Exploring options to sell the Mining and Laundries

businesses and reviewing the medium to long-term

prospects of the Hospitality business to determine which

parts will continue, be exited or be sold

–Undertaking a capital raising to strengthen the balance

sheet, fund the acquisition of the remaining shares in

Spotless and provide flexibility for continued investment in

Downer’s core business.

The acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless continues

the reshaping of Downer as an Urban Services business with

resilient earnings, long-term customer relationships and more

predictable cash flows.

Many of the activities that Downer’s people perform every

day have potential risks and ensuring they remain safe is of

paramount importance. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate at 30 June 2020 was 0.67 and the Total Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate was 2.88. Downer’s culture and our commitment

to continuous improvement in Zero Harm remains a core

strategic objective.

Key remuneration issues in 2020

2020 will be remembered as one of the more challenging years

in corporate memory. COVID-19 has had a significant impact

not just on Downer and its people, but also on the national and

global economy.

In recognition of these likely impacts:

–The Directors decided to voluntarily reduce their fees by

50% for the Chairman and 30% for the other Non-executive

Directors for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020

–The Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer – New

Zealand and Chief Executive Officer – Spotless decided to

voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 50% for the

period 1 March 2020 to 30 June 2020

–The other KMP decided to voluntarily reduce their

fixed remuneration by 30% for the period 1 March 2020

to 30 June 2020

–A significant number of other executives decided to

voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration.

The funds from these voluntary remuneration reductions

were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance

to Downer and Spotless employees who are experiencing

severe hardship.

Further, no short-term incentive awards have been made in

relation to the 2020 financial year.

Annual Report 2020 23
Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes

Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees

has been very successful in aligning Downer’s strategy and

the creation of alignment between senior executives and

shareholders. As set out in this Remuneration Report, Downer’s

remuneration strategy continues to provide:

–A significant proportion of remuneration being at risk linked

to clear, objective measures

–A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short-term

incentive entitlement

–For deferral of 50% of short-term incentive payments over

a further two-year period

–The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed

analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s

remuneration arrangements.


R M Harding T G Handicott

Chairman Remuneration Committee Chairman

24 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Remuneration Report – AUDITED

The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP),

which means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2020. The term “executive”

in this Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1. Year in review

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

3. Remuneration policy, principles and practices

4. Relationship between remuneration policy and Company performance

5. The Board’s role in remuneration

6. Description of executive remuneration

7. Details of executive remuneration

8. Executive equity ownership

9. Key terms of employment contracts

10. Related party information

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration.

1. Year in Review

1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward plans

based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant

sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements since 2019

Short-term incentive (STI) plan –The Zero Harm measures for safety and environmental performance have been further

refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support growth in

organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm improvement

through requiring executives to:

–Review baselines and set targets for annualised GHG emission reductions to contribute

towards meeting Downer’s science-based target for areas of control and identify, assess

and determine Return on Investment (ROI) for three opportunities that will contribute to

Downer’s decarbonisation strategy

–Implement updated Group-wide consistent policies, procedures and

supporting documents.

Annual Report 2020 25
2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

P S Garling

T G Handicott

N M Hollows

C G Thorne

P L Watson

Chairman, Independent Non-executive Director

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Independent Non-executive Director (retired 7 November 2019)

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director (retired 13 July 2020)

Independent Non-executive Director

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

ExecutiveRole

S Cinerari

M J Ferguson

S L Killeen

B C Petersen

P J Tompkins

Chief Executive Officer – Transport and Infrastructure to 25 August 2019

Chief Operating Officer – Australian Operations from 26 August 2019

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand

Chief Executive Officer – Mining, Energy and Industrial Services to 25 August 2019

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless

26 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven

performers, and those

considered to have high

potential for succession

–Provide remuneration that is internally fair

–Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market

–Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance –Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets

–Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement

–Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made

–Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple

years and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero

Harm environment

–Incorporate measures that embody Zero Harm for Downer’s employees, contractors,

communities and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk –Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested

–Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and

cap maximum incentive payments

–Do not provide excessive “cliff” reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached

–Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans

–Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments

–Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of

excessive risk taking

–Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests with

those of shareholders

–Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is

linked to shareholder value performance

–Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against

challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic

conditions as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to

shareholder value

–Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director

–Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness

–Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and

payment of LTI components in shares

–Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment

with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

–Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced

executives from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

Annual Report 2020 27
4. Relationship Between Remuneration Policy

and Company Performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

–Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents

–Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community and

Indigenous partnerships

–Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value

add services that improve propositions for customers and

exporting established core competencies into new overseas

markets with current customers of the Company

–Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and

reduce cyclical volatility

–Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency

–Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value

–Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements

this strategy by:

–Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements for

both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA), Free

Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-

divisional collaboration

–Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to

reduce working capital and debt exposure

–Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency

–Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure

–Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and

growth consistent with strategy

–Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus

–Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure

–Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI to maintain the

Company’s position as a Zero Harm leader and employer

and service provider of choice, thereby delivering a

competitive advantage

–Encouraging engagement with, and the development

and retention of, its people to help maintain a sustainable

supply of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

–Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration

to vary with short-term and long-term performance

–Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an

STI calculation for executives is made

–Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be

achieved before calculating any reward for safety or

environmental performance

–Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures

to assess performance

–Ensuring that these measures focus management on

strategic business objectives that create shareholder value

–Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity

for alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key

corporate measures:

–Earnings per share (EPS) growth

–Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100

companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies)

–G r o u p N PATA

–Divisional EBITA

–FFO

–Engagement with Downer’s people

–Zero Harm measures of safety and environmental

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on

these key measures.

28 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the three-year

period to 30 June 2020.

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the

last five years.

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

180.6181.5

247.8

1

258.3

2

(155.7)

$’m

Net profit after tax

2016

2017

2019

2018

2020

1. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant items.

2. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

38.0

35.8

10.7

42.9

(26.6)

Cents per share

Basic earnings per share

5

2016

2017

2019

2018

2020

5. Historical basic earnings per share were restated as a result of 169.9 million

shares issued from the capital raising made as part of the Spotless takeover

offer announced on 21 March 2017. The weighted average number of shares

(WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.943.

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

242.3

203.0

3

178.3

3

185.7

4

(219.1)

$’m

Free cash flow

2016

2017

2019

2018

2020

3. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for

Spotless shares.

4. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

Safety

0.70

0.66

0.55

0.55

0.78

0.57

0.67

0.57

2016

2017

2019

2018

2020

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2017

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

Jun

2017

Dec

2017

Jun

2018

Dec

2018

Jun

2020

Jun

2019

Dec

2019

0

50

100

150

200

250

Annual Report 2020 29
5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve executive

and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in respect of:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policy

–Remuneration of senior executives of the Company

–Executive reward and its impact on risk management

–Executive incentive plans

–Equity-based incentive plans

–Superannuation arrangements

–Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel and

senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director

–Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report

–Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration arrangements

for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisors without seeking approval of the Board or management.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its advisor. Guerdon Associates Pty

Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

Remuneration arrangements for executives of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People and Remuneration Committee

is comprised of two independent Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Details of the remuneration structure and arrangements for 2020 for the Chief Executive Officer – Spotless, as established by the

Spotless Board, are outlined at section 6.7.

30 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for performance

periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for performance over a

three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget for

the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned with

shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives, the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Target

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

LTI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a % of

fixed remuneration

Managing Director

Executives appointed prior to 2011

Executives appointed from 2011

75

75

56.25

100

100

75

100

75

50

200

175

125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

–Market practice

–The service period before executives can receive equity rewards

–The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators

–The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive

rewards have vested.

6.2 Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor vehicles,

car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of remuneration

are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will be made.

In recognition of the likely impact of the coronavirus on Downer and its people, the Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer –

New Zealand and Chief Executive Officer – Spotless decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 50% for the period

1 March 2020 to 30 June 2020 and the other KMP decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 30% for the same period.

A significant number of other executives also decided to reduce their fixed remuneration.

The funds from these voluntary remuneration reductions were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance to Downer and

Spotless employees who are experiencing severe hardship.

Otherwise, no adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012.

Annual Report 2020 31
6.3 Short-term Incentive

6.3.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2020 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12-month period

–Improve Zero Harm and people related results

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Division EBITA for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned –KMP appointed pre-2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Individual

Performance Modifier (IPM)

–An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and

relative performance

–Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding

performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across

all participants

–Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out

in section 6.1.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020.

Performance assessedAugust 2020, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2020 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components

of the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An

eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute

discretion of the Board.

Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:

–Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested

were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated

–Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI

in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of

the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the

unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to

vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive

is judged to be an eligible leaver.

32 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

6.3.2 STI overview

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2020.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met.

For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For Divisional executives, the gateway is based

on the Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for corporate executives and EBITA for Divisional

executives. This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive and deliver an acceptable return

for the funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic

transactions are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or negative) is

considered on a case by case basis.

As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining

50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred

component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition.

The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive

remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage

executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting

of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, and will

generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited. However,

the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive

is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage of payAn individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed

remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional

scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and

maximums are also set.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key

performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set

between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the

Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percentage x scorecard result x IPM.

Annual Report 2020 33
6.3.4 STI performance requirements

Overall performance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy. NPATA and EBITA provide

transparency on operational business performance, align with how Downer presents its results to the market and allow for easier

understanding of alignment between performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be appropriate

as the Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that result in the amortisation expense

and the impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic decisions, remains reflected in

incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received

from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid),

less investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element

includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the

communities in which it operates.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

MeasureTarget

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury

frequency rate)

LTIFR (lost time injury

frequency rate)

Achieve TRIFR and LTIFR below defined threshold for area of responsibility. TRIFR is calculated

as the number of recordable injuries per million hours calculated over 12 months.

LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries per million hours calculated

over 12 months.

Environmental

GHG emission reductions

Review baselines and set targets for annualised GHG emission reductions to contribute towards

meeting Downer’s science-based target for areas of control.

Identify, assess and determine Return on Investment (ROI) for three opportunities for each Line

of Business that will contribute to Downer’s decarbonisation strategy.

Critical RisksConduct an operationally led review of Bow Tie analyses. Critically analyse Critical Risk control

performance and initiate a program of projects to improve the resilience of critical controls.

Zero Harm Leadership

Performance of a minimum number of Critical Risk observations by senior executives within

their business, across businesses, and in partnership with clients.

Implementation of updated Group-wide consistent policies, procedures and

supporting documents.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

Weightings applied to the 2020 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in

the table below.

ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business unit7. 5%22.5%30%

(7.5% Group,

22.5% Division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% Division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved,

up to the maximum for that executive.

Specific details of STI performance outcomes are set out in section 7.3.

34 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it

will be disclosed.

6.4 Long-term Incentive

6.4.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2020 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three-year period

–Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

–Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022.

Performance assessedSeptember 2022.

Additional service period

after performance period

for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest

unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2023.

Performance rights vestJuly 2023.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted

to each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the

TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start

of the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2022.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition

that qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro-rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and

75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

Annual Report 2020 35
EPS growth

The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth

over the three years to 30 June 2022.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS condition

that qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro-rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the

three years to 30 June 2022. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.

Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test

is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard condition

that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro-rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

How performance rights and

shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-market.

The Board retains the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration

Committee. Approval requires that trading complies with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participantsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on

the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional

pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year

may be made on a discretionary basis.

Terminating executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In

these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

36 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

6.4.2 LTI overview

Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance over

three-year measures of performance. Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the maximum reasonable time period

for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. If all

the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or cash at

the discretion of the Board.

The 2020 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a

performance condition and a continued employment condition. Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject to an

independent performance requirement. The performance requirements for each tranche will share two common features:

–Once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting commences at 30%

and gradually increases pro-rata with performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for meeting minimum performance,

but avoids a large “cliff” which may encourage excessive risk taking

–The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2020 LTI grants will be measured over the three-year period to 30 June 2022.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be calculated in September 2022, but executives will be required to remain in

service until 30 June 2023 to be eligible to receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will

retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability or

retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or

gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

Annual Report 2020 37
6.4.3 Performance requirements

One tranche of performance rights in the 2020 LTI grant will

qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other

companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights

will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute

performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first

tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder

return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share

price over the performance period, plus the value of shares

earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,

expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning

of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the

comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median

TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile

TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75%

of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR

performance requirement applies will vest pro-rata between the

median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at

the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the

52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2020 LTI grants will be the

companies, excluding financial services companies, in the ASX

100 index as at the start of the performance period on 1 July

2019. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of

direct competitors for comparison, however:

–Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct

competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from

period to period

–Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s

ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded

in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to

dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per

Share (EPS) growth over the three-year performance period

to 30 June 2022. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133

Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS

performance condition will vest pro-rata between 5% compound

annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting

the minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level

of 5% to 100% at 10% compound annual EPS growth. Capping

reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that

may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar

is set above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to

the third tranche of performance rights is based on the

Scorecard condition over the three-year performance period

to 30 June 2022.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

–Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging

targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market

conditions, for a portion of LTI awards

–Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to

achieving annual financial performance targets

–Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase

motivation and focus on consistent performance

–Focus on performance sustainability through reward of

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets

over the long term.

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent

absolute components of equal weighting. These components are

based on Group NPATA and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the

three-year period to 30 June 2022.

NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the

three financial years. The performance of each component will

be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of

each component will be determined as the average of the annual

performance assessments for the three years. The performance

rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum three-year average component performance level

of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three-year

average component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure

are outlined below:

TimingActions

At the beginning

of the plan

Weighting of components is determined.

In 2020 the components are

equally weighted.

At the beginning of

each financial year

NPATA and FFO target performance

levels are set.

At the end of

each financial year

–Calculate actual performance

–Assess actual performance compared

to target to determine performance

percentage for the year.

At the end of

three years

–Calculate average annual performance

for each component

–Calculate award based on performance

against the vesting range.

At the end of

four years

Consider the continued service condition

and determine vesting.

38 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

6.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares

after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been

attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director

holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100%

of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s shareholding

is currently well in excess of the guideline.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow

variations from this guideline requirement. The guideline

requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with

shareholder interests.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional

circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the

reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a

long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.

On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these

transactions. Where a transaction is both material and

unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate

to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on

which executive performance is measured. The objective of any

adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through

an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be

fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive payments.

That is, executives should be “no better or worse off” as a result

of the transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions

to a transaction as the Board believes that management is

accountable for those outcomes.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

–Ensures that executives and the Board consider these

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer

–Means executives remain accountable for transaction

execution and post-transaction performance from the

next budget cycle

–Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions

that are in the long-term interests of shareholders

–Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when

considering the value of major transactions to

Downer’s shareholders

–Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing

its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when

they emerge rather than be constrained by the annual

budget process.

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results

of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months

post acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for

the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s

Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented

through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this

transition to Downer’s framework takes place over a longer

period due to the complexity of the implementation or the

maturity profile of the acquired business, the Board will consider

an extension to a more appropriate period. The integration of

Hawkins and Spotless into the Downer Zero Harm Framework

is ongoing. Accordingly, the Zero Harm performance of these

businesses remains excluded from Group lagging performance

measures at this time. Close attention is given to continuous

improvement of the Zero Harm performance and culture of these

businesses.

6.6 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by

significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers

whether to adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on

a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances

relevant to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it

ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely

based on the best interests of Downer.

6.7 Chief Executive Officer – Spotless

Downer has an interest of 87.8% in Spotless Group Holdings

Limited (Spotless). Remuneration arrangements for executives

of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People

and Remuneration Committee is comprised of two independent

Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Following is a summary of the remuneration structure

and arrangements for FY20 for P Tompkins in his role as

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless as established by the

Spotless Board.

6.7.1 Remuneration structure

The remuneration for the CEO – Spotless has a fixed component

and a component that varies with performance.

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of

providing employee benefits, including superannuation and other

non-cash benefits.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of

competitors. While market levels of remuneration are monitored

on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or

expectation that any adjustments will be made.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay

varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually

for performance periods covering one year and three years.

Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI.

Payment for performance assessed over three years is an LTI.

In 2018, the Spotless Board determined that it was inappropriate

to grant performance rights under the LTI, which was based on

EPS and TSR performance hurdles, due to the low level of free

float shares in Spotless and lack of trading liquidity following

the takeover by Downer. Accordingly, for 2020 the Spotless

Board determined it was appropriate that P J Tompkins – Chief

Executive Officer – Spotless participate in the Downer Group

Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Annual Report 2020 39
6.7.2 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the Spotless 2020 STI plan.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted NPATA must be met before any STI

payment can be made. A further Zero Harm gateway must be met for an award for safety

performance to be made.

Maximum STI that can be earned75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

56.25% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 50% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020.

Performance assessedAugust 2020, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2020 for the first payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of

the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentPayments are made in cash.

Performance requirementsThe Spotless performance scorecard is comprised of the following measures:

Measure Weighting

G r o u p N PATA 7. 5%

Divisional EBITA 22.5%

Group FFO 7. 5%

Divisional FFO 22.5%

Zero Harm 30%

People 10%

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred

components that are due to vest in certain circumstances, including where an executive has

acted inappropriately or where the Board considers that the financial results against which

the STI performance measures were tested were incorrect in a material respect or have been

reversed or restated.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where employment terminates prior to the end of the financial year.

Where employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the unvested deferred components will

be forfeited other than where the Spotless Board judges the executive to be an eligible leaver.

Further information on Spotless’ remuneration practices is contained in its Remuneration Report which can be found on the Spotless

website www.spotless.com.

40 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2020 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash, and a LTI in the form of

performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

In recognition of the likely impact of COVID-19 on Downer and its people, the Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand

and Chief Executive Officer – Spotless decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 March 2020 to

30 June 2020 and the other KMP decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 30% for the same period.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2020 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash

STIs relating to 2020, deferred STIs payable in 2020 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2020

financial year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the accounting

expense of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2020 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants

that vested during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1


$

Cash Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

current year

2


$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

prior years

4


$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity

that vested

during 2020

3


$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

G A Fenn1,828,488–793,5502,622,0383,068,2305,690,268

S Cinerari1,042,861–4 87,0801,529,9411,150,5892,680,530

M J Ferguson925,001–273,9471,198,948–1,198,948

S L Killeen8 41, 591–256 ,0411,097,6 32–1,097,6 32

B C Petersen

5

165,592–327, 259492,851271,668 764,519

P J Tompkins87 7,626–215 ,4761,093,102536,9431,630,045

5,681,159–2,353,3538,034,5125,027,43013,061,942

1 Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2020 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the

award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in section 6.3.

3 Represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares that vested multiplied by the

closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date of $7.34.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2020, being the second deferred component of the 2018 award and the first deferred

component of the 2019 award, being 25% of each award.

5 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was Key Management Personnel (KMP).

Annual Report 2020 41
7.2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

In recognition of the likely impact of COVID-19 on Downer and its people, the Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand

and Chief Executive Officer – Spotless decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 March 2020 to 30

June 2020 and the other KMP decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 30% for the same period.

2020

Short-term employee

benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,490,664–451,217316,82121,003––2,279,705793,5203,073,225

S Cinerari996,497–282,75516,30130,063––1,325,616332,5561,658,172

M J Ferguson891,596–161,32812,40221,003––1,086,329208,5781,294,907

S L Killeen804,223–161,745–37, 368––1,003,336278,3691,281,705

B C Petersen

1

162,430–30,976–3,162––196,56851,454248,022

P J Tompkins843,346–116 , 5 4113,27721,003––994,167213,7661, 207,93 3

5,188,756–1,204,562358,801133,602––6,885,7211,878,2438,763,964

1 Amounts represent the expense relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2020 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3 and an estimate of the fair value of grants to be

made in respect of the 2020 financial year attributable to the period. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions

as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2020 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

2019

Short-term employee

benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,7 74,469746,800821,975282 , 24720,531––3,646,0221,081,1564,727,178

S Cinerari1,079,469481,580488,49225,03029,591––2,104,162421,6692,525,831

M J Ferguson904,567280,050273,48212,40220,531––1,491,032295,4001,786,432

S L Killeen824,997303,371222,58538724,750––1,376,090163,3901,539,480

D Nelson

1

312,889–––10,266–1,040,2331,363,388–1,363,388

B C Petersen1,079,469371,374325,3681,45320,531––1,798,195294,2662,092,461

P J Tompkins

1

686,640109,874149,8348,92514,571––969,844160,1081,129,952

6,662,5002,293,0492,281,736330,444140,771–1,040,23312,748,7332,415,98915,164,722

1 Amounts represent the expense relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2019 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities remains

subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2019 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

42 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

7.3 Performance related remuneration

7.3.1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2020 that are performance and

non-performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2020 due to the achievement

of the relevant performance targets.

Proportion of 2020 remuneration2020 Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

%

Non-

performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn

1

41%59%0%100%

S Cinerari

1

37%63%0%100%

M J Ferguson29%71%0%100%

S L Killeen34%66%0%100%

P J Tompkins

1

27%73%0%100%

1 Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.

7.3.2 STI performance outcomes

No STI awards were made in relation to the 2020 financial year.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is

90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA. For Divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the

Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBITA.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported.

Regrettably, in July 2019, an employee of Otraco died as a result of an incident at our facility in Calama, Chile. Senior leaders from

the business attended the site to meet with family and colleagues to offer support. Accordingly, the STI safety gate was not met for

Corporate and the relevant business.

An employee engagement survey was not conducted in 2020 due to constraints arising from COVID-19. Accordingly, no award was

made in respect of the People measure.

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Group

N PATA

Divisional

E B I TA

Group

FFO

Divisional

FFO

Zero

HarmPeople

Weighting of scorecard elementCorporate30.030.030.010.0

Division7. 522.57. 522.530.010.0

Percentage of the element achievedCorporate0.00.012.50.0

Division

1

0.00.00.050.064.60.0

1 Performance includes the results for each Division for each element, even if the EBITA gateway was not achieved.

Annual Report 2020 43
The following table sets out the performance achieved by each KMP across each element of the scorecard.

G A Fenn and M J Ferguson

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA )

FFO

S Cinerari

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA )

FFO

S L Killeen

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

P J Tompkins

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

For 2020, the IPM was not applied to the members of the KMP as no STI awards were made.

44 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant

executives

1

Relevant

LT I m e a s u r e

Performance

outcome

% LTI tranche

that vested

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

M J Ferguson,

B C Petersen,

P J Tompkins

2017 plan – performance period 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2019

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 89th percentile based on a

TSR result of 121.65%.

100% became provisionally

qualified.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was –0.19%.0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 94.3%

for NPAT and 162.6% for FFO.

45.1% became provisionally

qualified. 54.9% were forfeited.

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2018 plan – performance period 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2020

2

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 18th percentile based on a

TSR result of –17.9%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year.

Actual performance was

–186.6%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 41.1%

for NPAT and 49.7% for FFO.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

1 Relevant executive refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.

2 Test outcomes for the 2018 plan are provisional and will be confirmed following release of the Company’s audited 2020 results. Accordingly, the outcomes are not reflected

in the disclosures in section 8.

7.4 Major transactions and significant items

7.4.1 Major transactions

There were no major transactions during 2020.

7.4.2 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items

The Board determined that no adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of significant items.

7.5 Variances from policy

There were no variances from policy during the year.

Annual Report 2020 45
8. Executive Equity Ownership

8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2019

Net

Change

Balance at

30 June 2020

Balance at

1 July 2019

Net

Change

Balance at

30 June 2020

No.No.No.No.No.No.

G A Fenn1,164,203418 ,0151,582,2181,555,492(631,846)923,646

S Cinerari106,463156,756263,219595,766(236,943)358,823

M J Ferguson7,086(5,086)2,000236,670(4 0,0 9 3)196,577

S L Killeen2,66312,86515,528132,045–132,045

P J Tompkins94,81190,700185,511303,149(110,573)192,576

8.2 Preference shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid preference shares issued by Works Finance (NZ) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Downer EDI

Limited, are as follows:

Preference shares

Balance at

1 July 2019

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2020

No.No.No.

S L Killeen3,000–3,000

46 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

8.3 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2020 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2020 financial year is in the form of performance rights. During the year, the LTI plan

for the 2020 financial year was approved as outlined in section 6.4 of this report; however due to ongoing restructuring of the Group,

grants of performance rights have not yet been made to KMP; however they are expected to be made in early 2021. This means that

grants in relation to 2020 and 2021 are expected to be made during the 2021 financial year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2016 Plan2017 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn711,71758.7–503,526–42.5

S Cinerari266,89458.7–188,822–42.5

M J Ferguson–––94,411–42.5

S L Killeen––––––

P J Tompkins124,55158.7–88,116–42.5

1 Grant date 30 June 2016. Expiry date is 1 July 2019. The fair value of shares granted was $3.24 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $0.97 per share for the

TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 21 June 2017. Expiry date is 1 July 2020. The fair value of shares granted was $5.29 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $4.61 per share for the

TSR tranche.

2018 Plan2019 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn332,160––301,791––

S Cinerari137,016––113,172––

M J Ferguson70,584––71,675––

S L Killeen66,240––65,805––

P J Tompkins66,432––75,448––

1 Grant date 21 June 2018. Expiry date is 1 July 2021. The fair value of shares granted was $6.12 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.38 per share for the

TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 3 June 2019. Expiry date is 1 July 2022. The fair value of shares granted was $5.93 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $2.22 per share for the

TSR tranche.

Annual Report 2020 47
The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares

for the vesting year

1

202120222023

G A Fenn289,695332,160301,791

S Cinerari108,635137,016113,172

M J Ferguson54,31870,58471,675

S L Killeen–66,24065,805

P J Tompkins50,69666,43275,448

1 The quantity of performance rights that may vest in future years has been adjusted in the 2021 financial year to reflect the discount to the market price of the Company’s

shares offered to shareholders in the equity raising announced on 21 July 2020. The adjustment factor of 0.9812 is based on the theoretical ex-rights price (TERP) of

$4.18 divided by the last share price prior to the announcement of the equity raising. The quantities in this table are before this adjustment.

The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in

accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period. In respect of the 2020 plan an estimated expense has been

recognised that will be trued up following formal valuation after the grants have been made.

202120222023

G A Fenn1,287,301854,348500,000

S Cinerari517,724339,131206,250

M J Ferguson301,160209,158125,000

S L Killeen278,368192,028114,763

P J Tompkins300,17 7213,586125,000

8.4 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to KMP,

but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2,

9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by Key Management Personnel to whom the advice

may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd

and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice period

by Downer

Termination notice period

by employee

Termination payments

payable under contract

Managing Director12 months6 months12 months

Other Executives12 months6 months12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

48 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key terms

of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed remuneration$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to

reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and

salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the

Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.

STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets

developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental

and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains

the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of performance.

The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration

calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting

with performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have

already been tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service

condition, fully vest.

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:

(a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these

circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his

shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment

in lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past

services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the

Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,

moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate

governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be

made to Mr Fenn.

Annual Report 2020 49
10. Related Party Information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee, customer

or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length

basis and included:

–The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited

–Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan

–Terms and conditions of employment

–Reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on terms

and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration

11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors

with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.

In recognition of the likely impact of the coronavirus on Downer and its people, the Directors decided to voluntarily reduce their fees by

50% for the Chairman and 30% for the other Non-executive Directors for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020.

The funds from these voluntary remuneration reductions were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance to Downer and

Spotless employees who are experiencing severe hardship.

Otherwise, there has been no change to the level of Non-executive Director fees since the prior reporting period and there will be

no changes in the 2021 financial year.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this is

necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of

fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time

commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to

Non-executive Directors of comparable companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board

changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number of

meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector, and

the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any

additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The other Non-

executive Directors each receive a base fee of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are paid for Committee duties:

$35,000 for the chair of the Audit and Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee, Remuneration

Committee, Rail Projects Committee and Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory

superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

50 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2020 and 2019 financial years.

In recognition of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic on the Company and its people, Directors fees were reduced for the period

1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 by 50% for the Chairman and 30% for the other Non-executive Directors.

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Ye a r

Board fee

$

Chair fee

$

Total fees

$

Super-

annuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

R M Harding2020328,125–328,12531,172–359,297

2019375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

S A Chaplain

1

202052,917–52,9175,027–57,94 4

2019150,00021,146171,14616,259–187,405

P S Garling2020138,75013,875152,62514,499–167,124

2019150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

T G Handicott2020138,75013,875152,62514,499–167,124

2019150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

N M Hollows2020138,75032,375171,12516,257–187,382

2019150,00013,854163,85415,566–179,420

C G Thorne2020138,75019,167157,91715,002–172,919

2019150,00030,000180,00017,100–197,100

P L Watson2020138,7508,583147,33313,997–161,330

201916,965–16,9651,612–18,577

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was a Non-executive Director (NED).

11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2020 and 2019 financial years.

20202019

Balance at

1 July 2019

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2020

Balance at

1 July 2018

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2019

R M Harding28,856–28,85614,21014,64628,856

P S Garling19,962–19,96216,9403,02219,962

T G Handicott14,0003,00017,00014,000–14,000

N M Hollows3,000–3,000–3,0003,000

C G Thorne82,922–82,92282,922–82,922

P L Watson–6,3296,329–––

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 12 August 2020

Annual Report 2020 51
Auditor’s Independence Declaration




KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.


Liability limited by a scheme approved under

Professional Standards Legislation.


Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for

the financial year ended 30 June 2020 there have been:

i. no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations

Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

ii. no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit

.



KPMG

K

NI_01 

           

P__01Jpp  PAR_NAM_0


PAR_POS_01  PAR_DAT_01  PAR_CIT_01           

K

Cameron Slapp

Partner


Sydney

12 August 2020



PAR_SIG_01  PAR_NAM_01  PAR_POS_01  PAR_DAT_01  PAR_CIT_01       




















52 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 30 June 2020


KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.


Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional

Standards Legislation.





Independent Auditor’s Report


To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report


Opinion

We have audited the

Financial Report

of

Downer EDI Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial

Report of the Company is in accordance with the

Corporations Act 2001, including:



giving a true and fair view of the

Group

’s

financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of

its financial performance for the year ended

on that date; and



complying with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations Regulations

2001.

The

Financial Report

comprises:



Consolidated statement of financial position as

at 30 June 2020



Consolidated statement of profit or loss and

other comprehensive income, Consolidated

statement of changes in equity, and

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the

year then ended



Notes including a summary of significant

accounting policies



Directors’ Declaration.

The

Group

consists of the Company and the

entities it controlled at the year-end or from time to

time during the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the

audit of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical

requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics

for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in

Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.





Annual Report 2020 53





Key Audit Matters

The

Key Audit Matters

we identified are:



Recognition of revenue



Value of goodwill

Key Audit Matters

are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance

in our audit of the Financial Report of the current

period.

These matters were addressed in the context of

our audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in

forming our opinion thereon, and we do not

provide a separate opinion on these matters.


Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ ($12,669.4m)

The key audit matter


How the matter was addressed in our audit


Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter

due to the:


Significance of revenue to the financial

statements; and


Large number of contracts with numerous

estimation events potentially occurring over

the course of the contract’s life. This

results in complex and judgemental

revenue recognition from rendering of

services and construction contracts and

therefore significant audit effort is required

to gather sufficient audit evidence for

revenue recognition.

We focused on the Group’s assessment of the

following elements of revenue recognition for

rendering of services and construction

contracts, as applicable:


Revisions to total expected costs for

certain events or conditions occurring

during the performance of the contract, or

are expected to occur to complete the

contract, which is difficult to estimate;


The Group’s assessment of when a

modification to the contract scope and/or

price for variations and claims is approved

and enforceable. The Group’s consideration

of the enforceability or approval may

include evidence that is written, oral or

implied by customary business practice and

therefore requires a degree of judgement.

The Group’s assessment of the

enforceability of variations and claims can

drive different accounting treatments,

increasing the risk of inappropriately

recognising revenue; and

Our procedures included:


We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

process of accounting for rendering of services

and construction contract revenues. We

considered the appropriateness of the Group’s

accounting policy for rendering of services and

construction contract revenues, including

variations and claims and variable consideration,

against the requirements of the accounting

standards. We tested key controls such as:


Management’s review and approval of bid

information including estimated project

milestones, projected Earnings Before

Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value

(NPV), Return On Funds Employed (ROFE),

and potential legal risks;


Management’s review of key contracts

where events or conditions have occurred

that require changes to revenue

recognition;


The Group’s requirement to obtain

customer acceptance prior to billing an

invoice.


We selected a statistical sample of revenue

recognised and checked to customer approval

of the service being performed or cash

received.


We used data analytic routines to select a

sample of contracts for testing based on a

number of quantitative and qualitative factors.

These factors included contracts with significant

deterioration in margin, significant variations and

claims or variable consideration. We also

included factors which indicated to us a greater

level of judgement was required by the Group

54 Downer EDI Limited






The Group’s policy for the determination of

the amount of revenue recognised from

variable consideration which is highly

probable of not reversing. Variable

consideration is contingent on the Group’s

performance and includes key performance

payments, abatements offsetting revenue

under the contract and liquidated damages.

The Group's determination that variable

consideration is highly probable requires a

degree of estimation and judgement. This

increased the audit effort we applied to

gather sufficient audit evidence.


when assessing the revenue recognition based

on the estimates developed for current and

forecast contract performance. For the samples

selected, where relevant:


we read the selected contract terms and

conditions to evaluate the individual

characteristics of each contract reflected in

the Group’s estimate of revenue;


we assessed the estimation of total

expected costs, including cost

contingencies for contracting risks, by

challenging the Group’s project and finance

managers on their estimations. We also

checked key forecast cost assumptions to

underlying documentation such as

Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for wage

rates, salary costs and agreements with

subcontractors;


we assessed the Group’s ability to forecast

margins on contracts by analysing the

accuracy of previous margin forecasts to

actual outcomes;


we evaluated the Group’s assessment of

when a modification to the contract scope

and/or price for variations and claims is

approved and enforceable. This included

assessing the underlying records, legal

documents, customer correspondence and

contracts. We recalculated the amount of

revenue using the modified features of the

contract. We compared the recalculated

amounts against the amounts recorded by

the Group;


we assessed the Group’s estimation of the

highly probable amount of revenue for

variations and claims. This included

comparing underlying evidence such as

timesheets, correspondence with

customers, and reports from objective time

and cost claim experts (where applicable)

for consistency with contract terms;


we evaluated the Group’s legal and external

experts’ reports received on contentious

matters to identify conditions indicating

inappropriate recognition of variations and

claims. We checked the consistency of this

to the inclusion or not of an amount in the

estimates used for revenue recognition;


we assessed the scope, competency and

objectivity of the legal and external experts

engaged by the Group; and


we evaluated the method applied by the Group

to estimate the highly probable amount of the

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 55





key performance payments, liquidated damages

and abatements against the specific contract

terms. This included gathering underlying

evidence in relation to the Group’s performance

against the terms of the contract. We then

recalculated the amount of variable

consideration. We compared the recalculated

amounts to the amounts recorded by the Group

as offsets to revenue.


Value of goodwill

Refer to Note C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,281.3m)

The key audit matter


How the matter was addressed in our audit


The value of goodwill is a key audit matter due

to the size of the balance (being 26.3% of total

assets) and the significant audit effort arising

from:


The Group having 8 groups of Cash

Generating Units (CGUs) for which the

impairment of goodwill is assessed;


Significantly higher estimation uncertainty

continuing from the business disruption

impact to the Spotless CGU arising from

the COVID-19 global pandemic;


A recorded impairment charge of $165m

against goodwill in the Spotless CGU,

increasing the sensitivity of the model to

small changes in key assumptions.

We focused on the following key forward

looking assumptions in the Group’s value in use

models and fair value less cost of disposal

models including:


Forecast cash flows including budgeted

EBIT - the Group experienced significant

business disruption in the Spotless CGU as

a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and

announced restructuring. The uncertainty

continuing from the business interruption

of the COVID-19 pandemic increases the

risk of inaccurate forecasts or a significantly

wider range of possible outcomes for us to

consider.


We focused on what the Group

considers to be the future Spotless

business model when assessing the

feasibility of the CGU’s forecast cashflows.


Discount rates – these are complicated in

nature and vary according to the conditions

and environment the specific CGU is

Our procedures included:


We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

goodwill impairment assessment process and

tested key controls such as the review and

approval of the budget by management and the

Board.


We considered the appropriateness of the value

in use and fair value less cost of disposal

(FVLCOD) methods applied by the Group to

perform the annual test of goodwill for

impairment against the requirements of the

accounting standards.

• We assessed the integrity of the value in use

and FVLCOD models used, including the

accuracy of the underlying calculation formulas.



We assessed the accuracy of previous Group

forecasting to inform our evaluation of forecasts

included in the value in use and FVLCOD

models. We applied increased scepticism to

current period forecasts in areas where previous

forecasts were not achieved and/or where

future uncertainty is greater or volatility is

expected.


We obtained the Group’s value in use models

and FVLCOD model and checked amounts to

the Board approved FY21 budget and the FY22-

FY23 business plan. We challenged the Group’s

projected cash flows by comparing the budget

and business plan to our understanding of the

business. We compared actual performance in

FY20 to the budget for FY20. We also compared

the compound annual growth rate between

FY19 and the terminal year in the models to

further challenge the projected cash flows in a

COVID-19 economic environment.

56 Downer EDI Limited





subject to from time to time; and


Long-term growth rates – certain valuations

for CGUs of the Group are highly sensitive

to changes in this assumption.

Using forward-looking assumptions tends to be

prone to greater risk for potential bias, error and

inconsistent application. These conditions

necessitate additional scrutiny by us, in

particular to address the objectivity of sources

used for assumptions, and their consistent

application.

The significant judgement involved in key

assumptions required the involvement of

valuation specialists to supplement our senior

audit team members in assessing this key audit

matter.


For the Spotless CGU we challenged the

Group’s assessment of cash flow synergies a

market participant would expect to generate

following the acquisition of the minority interest

in Spotless. We compared cost savings to the

Group’s Board approved restructuring plans

following the acquisition.

• We considered the sensitivity of the models by

varying key assumptions including budgeted

EBIT, long-term growth rates and discount

rates, within a reasonably possible range. We

considered the interdependencies of key

assumptions when performing the sensitivity

analysis. We did this to identify those CGUs at

higher risk of impairment and those

assumptions at higher risk of bias or

inconsistency in application to focus our further

procedures.


For the Spotless CGU, we further challenged

the Group’s significant forecast cash flow

assumptions including impacts of COVID-19 and

expected rate of recovery, what the Group

considers as their future business model and


budgeted EBIT for the CGU. We compared

forecast cash flows


to authoritative published

studies of industry trends and expectations, and

considered differences for the Group’s

operations.


We checked the consistency of the forecast

cash flows to the Group’s business plans and

our experience regarding the feasibility of these

in the industry and COVID-19 economic

environment in which they operate.


Working with our valuation specialists we:


independently developed a discount rate

range using publicly available market data

for comparable entities, adjusted by risk

factors specific to the Group and the

industry it operates in;


independently assessed the long term

growth rate for each of the CGUs against

publicly available market data for

comparable entities and compared this to

the Group’s assumption; and


compared the implied multiples from

comparable market transactions to the

implied multiple from the Group’s FVLCOD

model.


For the Spotless CGU we recalculated the

impairment charge against the recorded

amount.


We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 57





quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by

comparing these disclosures to our

understanding and the requirements of the

accounting standards.


Other Information

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting

which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor's Report. The Directors are

responsible for the Other Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not

express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the

Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information.

In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial

Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other

Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained

prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:



preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001



implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a

true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error



assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going

concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related

to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to

liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:



to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and



to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it

exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at:

http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our Auditor’s

Report.

58 Downer EDI Limited






Report on the Remuneration Report


Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of

Downer EDI Limited for the year ended 30 June

2020, complies with Section 300A of the

Corporations Act 2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for

the preparation and presentation of the

Remuneration Report in accordance with Section

300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included

in pages 24 to 50 of the Directors’ report for the

year ended 30 June 2020.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted

in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.


KPM_INI_01           


KPMG







Cameron Slapp

Partner


Sydney

12 August 2020

Stephen Isaac

Partner







Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 59
Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Page 60 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 61 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 64-65

B

Business

performance

Page 66 -78

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 79-91

D

Employee

benefits

Page 92-94

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 95-102

F

Group

structure

Page 103-111

G

Other

Page 112-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation of

cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined benefit

plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Controlled entities

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Related party

information

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant

and equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Parent entity

disclosures

B6

Remuneration of

auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Reserves

C8

Lease receivables

E8

Dividends

C9

Other provisions

C10

Contingent

liabilities

Page 125 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 126 Sustainability Performance Summary 2020

Page 130 Corporate Governance

Page 140 Information for Investors

60 Downer EDI Limited
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Note

2020

$’m 

2019

$’m

RevenueB212,669.4 12,789.4 

Other incomeB273.3 23.3 

Total revenue and other income12,742.7 12,812.7 

Employee benefits expenseD1(4 , 217. 3)(4 , 3 4 0. 4)

Subcontractor costs(4,406.0)(4 ,1 9 3 .7 )

Raw materials and consumables used(2,157.7)(2 ,114.4)

Plant and equipment costs(660.6)(689.8)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6(151.8) –

Other depreciation and amortisation C5,C7(365.5)(360.0)

Impairment of non-current assets(212.0) –

Other expenses from ordinary activities (632.5)(682.6)

Total expenses(12,803.4)(12,380.9)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)19.4 30.4 

Earnings before interest and tax(41.3)462.2 

Finance income6.0 8.8 

Lease finance costs (26.4) –

Other finance costs(91.6)(91.2)

Net finance costs(112.0)(82 .4)

(Loss) / profit before income tax(153.3)379.8 

Income tax expenseB5(a)(2.4)(103.5)

(Loss) / profit after income tax(155.7)276.3 

(Loss) / profit for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest(5.4)14.5 

–Members of the parent entity(150.3)261.8 

(Loss) / profit for the year(155.7)276.3 

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

–Actuarial movement on net defined benefit plan obligationD20.7  – 

–Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligation(0.2) – 

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

–Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations(14.6)9.6 

–Net loss on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity(3.3)(2.0)

–Net loss on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity(5.3)(13.7)

–Income tax effect of items above2.9 4.3 

Other comprehensive loss for the year (net of tax)(19.8)(1.8)

Other comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest(1.0)(0.9)

–Members of the parent entity(18.8)(0.9)

Other comprehensive loss for the year(19.8)(1.8)

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year(175.5)274.5 

Earnings per share (cents)

–Basic earnings per shareB4(26.6)42.9 

–Diluted earnings per share

(i)

B4(26.6)42.3 

(i) At 30 June 2020, the ROADS are anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 26.6 cents per share.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying

notes on pages 64 to 124.

Annual Report 2020 61
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2020

Note

30 June

2020

$’m 

Restated

(i)

30 June

2019

$’m 

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents C 1(c)588.5 710.7 

Trade receivables and contract assetsC22,315.9 1,991.5 

Other financial assetsG326.2 35.0 

InventoriesC3334.0 304.6 

Lease receivablesC818.5 12.4 

Current tax assets65.2 57.7 

Prepayments and other assets56.4 52.8 

Total current assets3,404.7 3,164.7 

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and contract assetsC295.2 74.4 

Interest in joint ventures and associatesF1(a)110.6 108.8 

Property, plant and equipmentC51,350.2 1,373.3 

Right-of-use assetsC6592.6  – 

Intangible assetsC72,896.1 3,130.7 

Other financial assetsG321.4 5.2 

Lease receivablesC848.3 38.7 

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b)141.5 100.9 

Prepayments and other assets11.9 18.7 

Total non-current assets5 , 267. 8 4,850.7 

Total assets8,672.5 8,015.4 

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC42,497.4 2,405.5 

BorrowingsE11.4 14.6 

Lease liabilitiesE3168.9  – 

Other financial liabilitiesG345.8 47.4 

Employee benefits provisionD1377.1 365.3 

Other provisionsC974.1 107.0 

Current tax liabilities11.0 15.4 

Total current liabilities3,175.7 2,955.2 

Non-current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC428.8 51.3 

BorrowingsE12,049.9 1,688.9 

Lease liabilitiesE3594.3  – 

Other financial liabilitiesG314.4 20.0 

Employee benefits provisionD155.0 45.1 

Other provisionsC939.4 84.5 

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b)94.5 137.6 

Total non-current liabilities2,876.3 2 ,027.4 

Total liabilities6,052.0 4,982.6 

Net assets2,620.5 3,032.8 

EQUITY

Issued capitalE52,429.7 2,425.1 

ReservesE7(47.7)(27. 5)

Retained earnings94.3 481.4 

Parent interests2 ,476.3 2,879.0 

Non-controlling interestE6144.2 153.8 

Total equity2,620.5 3,032.8 

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer to Note D1).

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 64 to 124.

62 Downer EDI Limited
2020

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Restated balance at 30 June 20192,425.1 (27.5)481.4 2,879.0 153.8 3,032.8 

Opening balance adjustment on application

of AASB 16

(i)

(net of tax) –  – (62.8)(62.8)(3.2)(66.0)

Balance at 1 July 20192,425.1 (27.5)418.6 2,816.2 150.6 2,966.8 

Loss after income tax –  – (150.3)(150.3)(5.4)(155.7)

Other comprehensive loss for the year

(net of tax) – (18.8) – (18.8)(1.0)(19.8)

Total comprehensive income for the year – (18.8)(150.3)(169.1)(6.4)(175.5)

Vested executive incentive share transactions4.6 (4.6) –  –  –  – 

Share-based employee benefits expense – 4.8  – 4.8  – 4.8 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year – (1.6) – (1.6) – (1.6)

Declared dividends

(ii)

–  – (174.0)(174.0) – (174.0)

Balance at 30 June 20202,429.7 (47.7)94.3 2 ,476.3 144.2 2,620.5 

(i) Refer to Note G1 for details on opening balance adjustments made on application of new accounting standard AASB 16.

(ii) Relates to the 2019 final dividend and $7.4 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year. The payment of 2020 interim dividend of $83.3 million was deferred to

25 September 2020 (Refer to Note E8).

2019

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 30 June 20182,421.9 (26.9)655.1 3,050.1 155.0 3,205.1 

Adjustment on restatement of employee

obligations (net of tax)

(i)

–  – (15.3)(15.3)(2.1)(17. 4)

Restated balance at 1 July 20182,421.9 (26.9)639.8 3,034.8 152.9 3 ,187.7 

Opening balance adjustment on application

of AASB 15 (net of tax)

(ii)

–  – (245.3)(245.3)(12.7)(258.0)

Restated balance at 1 July 20182,421.9 (26.9)394.5 2,789.5 140.2 2,929.7 

Profit after income tax –  – 261.8 261.8 14.5 276.3 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

(net of tax) – (0.9) – (0.9)(0.9)(1.8)

Total comprehensive income for the year – (0.9)261.8 260.9 13.6 274.5 

Vested executive incentive share

transactions3.2 (3.2) –  –  –  – 

Share-based employee benefits expense – 4.0  – 4.0  – 4.0 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year – (0.5) – (0.5) – (0.5)

Payment of dividends

(iii)

–  – (174.9)(174.9) – (174.9)

Restated balance at 30 June 20192,425.1 (27. 5)481.4 2,879.0 153.8 3,032.8 

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer to Note D1).

(ii) Refer to Annual Report as at 30 June 2019 for details on opening balance adjustments made on application of new accounting standard AASB 15.

(iii) Payment of dividend relates to the 2018 final dividend, 2019 interim dividend and $8.3 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 64 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 63
Note

2020

$’m 

2019

$’m 

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers13,841.5 14,17 7.4 

Payments to suppliers and employees(13,518.3)(13,442.8)

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a)17. 2 22.4 

Operating cash flow before interest and tax340.4 757.0 

Interest received4.7 5.2 

Interest paid on lease liabilities

(i)

(26.4) – 

Interest and other costs of finance paid(82.0)(76.1)

Income tax paid(57.9)(55.9)

Net cash generated by operating activities C1(a)178.8 630.2 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment21.9 16.1 

Payments for property, plant and equipment(290.7)(346.2)

Payments for intangible assets(61.7)(4 4 . 8)

Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquiredF2(29.8)(63.0)

Investment in joint venture entitiesF1(a) – (8.5)

Divestment of Freight Rail – (6.9)

Advances to joint ventures(3.6)(5.5)

Purchases of assets as a lessor(34.0)(52.6)

Recovery on acquisition of business – 1.7 

Net cash used in investing activities(397.9)(509.7)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings 7,411 .9 3,859.3 

Repayments of borrowings(7,063.2)(3,704.2)

Payment of principal of lease liabilities

(ii)

C 1(b)(152.9) – 

Dividends paid(90.7)(174.9)

Net cash generated by / (used in) financing activities105.1 (19.8)

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents(114.0)100.7 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year710.7 606.2 

Effect of exchange rate changes(8.2)3.8 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC 1(c)588.5 710.7 

(i) The Group has classified:

– cash payments for the interest portion of lease payments as operating activities consistent with the presentation of other interest payments

– short-term lease payments and payments for leases of low-value assets as operating activities.

(ii) The Group has classified cash payments for the principal portion of lease payments as financing activities.

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 64 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2020

64 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2020

A

About this report

Statement of compliance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated

Financial Report (Financial Report) is a general purpose financial

report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act

2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of

Directors on 12 August 2020.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC

Corporations (Rounding in Financial / Directors’ reports)

Instrument 2016/191, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts

in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded

off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one

place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of

dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown

as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have

been rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

Cost is based on the fair value of the consideration given in

exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies used in the preparation of the Financial

Report are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in

Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 June

2019, except in relation to the relevant new and amended

accounting standards adopted by the Group and their effects on

the current period or prior periods as described in Note G1.

During the current reporting period the Group completed

a review of employment arrangements relating to Spotless.

This review identified an underpayment of employee

entitlements relating to current and previous years.

The comparative balances have been voluntarily restated under

AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements in respect of

these adjustments as described in Note D1.

Accounting estimates and judgements

Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to

make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future

events. Information on material estimates and judgements

considered when applying the accounting policies can be found

in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and judgementsNote Page

Revenue recognitionB273

Recovery of deferred tax assetsB576

Income taxesB576

Credit riskC282

Useful lives and residual valuesC5 to C783

Impairment of assetsC786

Other provisionsC990

Employee benefits obligationsD193

Valuation of the defined benefit plan assets

and obligationsD294

Lease liabilitiesE398

Acquisition of businessesF2108

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the

substance of the underlying transactions or other events is

reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained

in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results

of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company

obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases to

control such entity.

Annual Report 2020 65
A. About this report – continued

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances

and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the

consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date

using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

TransactionsDate of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for qualifying

cash flow hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the

following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

Income and expensesAverage exchange rate

Assets and liabilitiesReporting date

EquityHistorical date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal of

the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind

of discount on provisions, costs to establish financing facilities

(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on

ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or

loss and lease charges.

(iv) Non-current assets held for sale and

discontinued operations

On 22 August 2019, the Group announced it was undertaking a

review of its Mining and Laundries businesses.

As a consequence of market volatility caused by the COVID-19

pandemic, these businesses have not met the definition of assets

held for sale under AASB 5, as any potential disposal is not

considered highly probable of occurring at the reporting date.

66 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during the

financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Revenue

B3. Individually significant items

B4. Earnings per share

B 5 . Ta x a ti o n

B6. Remuneration of auditor

B7. Subsequent events

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages

in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the

internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO

in assessing performance and in determining the allocation

of resources. The operating segments are identified by the

Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete

financial information about each of these operating businesses is

reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of

operating segments determined by the similarity of the services

provided, and the sources of the Group’s major risks that could

therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return. Downer

has determined that reportable segments are best represented

as service lines.

Annual Report 2020 67
B1. Segment information – continued

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:

Service lineSegment description

TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport

infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management systems;

spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen-based products and asphalt products; the use

of recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion solutions;

intelligent transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling; track and

station works; rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail sectors, from

rollingstock to infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet maintenance,

operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water, renewable energy and telecommunications businesses. This includes:

planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network

assets; providing complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and

wastewater treatment, network construction and rehabilitation; design, construction and maintenance services for

a range of renewable assets in the wind, solar and power system storage sectors; and end-to-end technology and

communications solutions including design, civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance

across fibre, copper and radio networks.

FacilitiesFacilities operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services to customers across a

diverse range of industry sectors including: defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure; and

hospitality. Facilities provides catering and laundry services; technical and engineering services; maintenance and

asset management services and refrigeration solutions to various industries; as well as building and construction

solutions across a variety of sectors in New Zealand.

Engineering,

Construction

and Maintenance

(EC&M)

Provides design, engineering, construction, shutdowns, turnaround and outage delivery, operations maintenance

and ongoing management of strategic assets across a range of sectors and in all stages of the project lifecycle

including: feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction; structural, mechanical and piping;

electrical and instrumentation; commissioning and decommissioning services; and design and manufacture of

mineral process equipment.

MiningProvides services across all stages of the mining lifecycle including: resource definition; exploration drilling and

mine feasibility studies; open cut and underground mining services; drilling, explosives manufacture and supply;

blasting and crushing; asset management; tyre management; and mine closure and rehabilitation.

68 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B1. Segment information – continued

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income4,081.1 2,688.0 3,308.41,168.0 1,493.1 4.1 12,742.7 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

611.2  – 7. 3  – 56.7  – 675.2 

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,692.3 2,688.0 3,315.7 1,168.0 1,549.8 4.1 13 , 417.9 

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates15.3  – 0.3  – 3.8  – 19.4 

Depreciation and amortisation150.2 40.1 109.8 15.3 119.2 82.7 517. 3 

EBIT before amortisation of acquired intangibles

and historical contract claims adjustments235.6 114.6 114.3 (42.1)79.0 (452.6)48.8

Historical contract claims adjustments

(ii)

–  – (9.9)(8.9) –  – (18.8)

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA)235.6 114.6 104.4 (51.0)79.0 (452.6)30.0 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(10.9)(2.6)(9.8) –  – (48.0)(71.3)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)224.7 112.094.6 (51.0)79.0 (500.6)(41.3)

Net finance costs(112.0)

Total loss before income tax(153.3)

Acquisition of segment assets98.3 34.9 68.5 3.8 107.0 30.2 342.7 

Segment assets2,649.1 1,193.6 2,624.2 617. 4 939.0 649.2 8,672.5 

Segment liabilities1,278.6 478.5 1,751.2 345.6 339.8 1,858.3 6,052.0 

Carrying value of equity accounted investees101.1  – 1.2  – 8.3  – 110.6 

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income3,775.7 2,506.7 3,384.7 1,704.6 1,423.5 17. 5 12,812.7 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

572.6  – 8.0  – 55.0  – 635.6 

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

4,348.3 2,506.7 3,392.7 1,704.6 1,478 . 5 17. 5 13,448.3 

Share of net profit from joint ventures and associates26.6  – 0.5  – 3.3  – 30.4 

Depreciation and amortisation67. 2 18.0 90.1 9.4 114.2 61.1 360.0 

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA)242.4 136.1 170.5 33.3 76.7 (126 .4)532.6 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(8.3)(3.2)(11.9) –  – (47.0)( 70.4)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)234.1 132.9 158.6 33.3 76.7 (173 .4)462.2 

Net finance costs(82 .4)

Total profit before income tax379.8 

Acquisition of segment assets228.0 24.0 101.5 14.7 184.1 39.4 591.7 

Segment assets

(iii)

2,126.0 1,268.9 2,787.7 570.4 839.1 423.3 8,015.4 

Segment liabilities

(iii)

925.0 566.5 1,591.7 327.6 294.0 1, 27 7. 8 4,982.6 

Carrying value of equity accounted investees99.1  – 1.6  – 8.1  – 108.8 

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

(ii) Relates to historical Spotless contracts on foot at the time of Downer acquisition which are separately monitored by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker.

(iii) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer to Note D1).

Annual Report 2020 69
B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net (loss) / profit after tax:

Note 

Segment results

2020

$’m 

2019

$’m 

Segment EBIT459.3 635.6 

Unallocated:

Portfolio restructure and exit costsB3(142.4) – 

Payroll remediation costsB3(16.3) – 

Goodwill impairmentB3(165.0) – 

Spotless Shareholder class actionB3(34.0) – 

Legal settlementB3(9.5) – 

Murra Warra wind farm lossB3 – (4 5 .0)

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(48.0)(47.0)

Fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint Venture – 17.0 

Corporate costs(85.4)(9 8 .4)

Total unallocated(500.6)(173 .4)

Earnings before interest and tax(41.3)462.2 

Net finance costs(112.0)(82 .4)

(Loss) / profit before income tax(153.3)379.8 

Income tax expenseB5(a)(2.4)(103.5)

(Loss) / profit after income tax(155.7)276.3 


Segment assets by geographical location:

Segment assets

Non-current

(ii)

Acquisition of

segment assets

Non-current

2020

$’m 

2019

$’m 

2020

$’m 

2019

$’m 

Geographical location

(i)

Australia4,394.7 4,222.5 273.1 545.0 

New Zealand and Pacific559.2 404.4 64.8 46.4 

Rest of the world7.5 4.6 4.8 0.3 

To t a l4,961.4 4,631.5 342.7 591.7 

(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Total of non-current assets other than deferred tax assets and financial instruments.

70 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B2. Revenue

Revenue and other income

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Service revenue2,837.0 1,730.4 2,425.8 833.5 1,446.1  – 9,272.8 

Construction contracts1,025.2 936.7 749.7 315.4  –  – 3,027.0 

Sale of goods191.7 1.1 108.5 13.9 42.6  – 357. 8 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers4,053.9 2,668.2 3,284.0 1,162.8 1,488.7  – 12 ,657.6 

Other revenue2.9 1.1  – 3.7  – 4.1 11.8 

Total revenue4,056.8 2,669.3 3,284.0 1,166.5 1,488.7 4.1 12,669.4 

Government grants

(i)

21.1 17.1 24.4 –  –  – 62.6 

Other3.2 1.6 –1.54.4  – 10.7 

Other income24.3 18.7 24.4 1.5 4.4  – 73.3 

Total revenue

and other income4,081.1 2,688.0 3,308.4 1,168.0 1,493.1 4.1 12,742.7 

Share of sales revenue

from joint ventures

and associates

(ii)

611.2  – 7. 3  – 56.7  – 675.2 

Total revenue including

joint ventures and

other income

(ii)

4,692.3 2,688.0 3,315.7 1,168.0 1,549.8 4.1 13 , 417.9 

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Service revenue2,628.4 1,4 41.7 2,381.7914.6 1,363.5 (1 .4)8,728.5

Construction contracts936.9 1,061.5 821.6 767.0  –  – 3 , 5 87.0 

Sale of goods204.4 1.2 180.514.9 57.0  – 458.0

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3,769.7 2,504.4 3,383.8 1,696.5 1,420.5 (1 .4)12,773.5 

Other revenue5.2 1.4  – 6.9 0.9 1.5 15.9 

Total revenue3,7 74.9 2,505.8 3,383.8 1,703.4 1,421.4 0.1 12,789.4 

Other income0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2 2.1 17.4 23.3 

Total revenue

and other income3,775.7 2,506.7 3,384.7 1,704.6 1,423.5 17. 5 12,812.7 

Share of sales revenue

from joint ventures

and associates

(ii)

572.6  – 8.0  – 55.0  – 635.6 

Total revenue including

joint ventures and

other income

(ii)

4,348.3 2,506.7 3,392.7 1,704.6 1,478 . 5 17. 5 13,448.3 

(i) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s wage subsidy scheme available to eligible businesses impacted by the

COVID-19 pandemic.

(ii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Annual Report 2020 71
B2. Revenue – continued

Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location:

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia2,883.8 2,098.1 2,549.5 1,124.5 1,429.2  – 10,085.1 

New Zealand and Pacific1,170.0 570.1 734.5  –  –  – 2 ,474.6 

Rest of the world0.1  –  – 38.3 59.5  – 97.9 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers4,053.9 2,668.2 3,284.0 1,162.8 1,488.7  – 12 ,657.6 

2019

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia2,610.2 2 ,007. 8 2,481.6 1,676.5 1,364.0 (1 .4)10,138.7 

New Zealand and Pacific1,159.5 496.6 902.2 0.2  –  – 2,558.5 

Rest of the world –  –  – 19.8 56.5  – 76.3 

Total revenue from

contracts with customers3,769.7 2,504.4 3,383.8 1,696.5 1,420.5 (1 .4)12,773.5 

(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

The Group recognises revenue when a customer obtains control

of the goods or services, in accordance with AASB 15 Revenue

from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is measured at the fair

value of the consideration received or receivable. Determining

the timing of the transfer of control – at a point in time or over

time – requires judgement. Revenue is recognised if it meets the

criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

–Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure

–Utilities infrastructure maintenance services

(gas, power and water)

–Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector

–Industrial plant maintenance

–Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance

services, tyre management and blasting

–Rolling stock maintenance and rail asset

management services

–Engineering and consultancy services

–Facilities management.

Typically, under the performance obligations of a service

contract, the customer consumes and receives the benefit of the

service as it is provided. As such, service revenue is recognised

over time as the services are provided.

(ii) Construction contracts

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates

its construction contracts is predominantly derived from

projects containing one performance obligation. Under these

performance obligations, customers either simultaneously

receive and consume the benefits as the Group performs them

or performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer

controls as the asset is created or enhanced. Therefore,

contracted revenue is recognised over time based on stage of

completion of the contract.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer

obtains control of goods.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income.

(v) Other income

Other income for the current year primarily relates to

government grants received under the New Zealand

Government’s Wage Subsidy Scheme available to eligible

businesses that were adversely impacted by the COVID-19

pandemic. The Group elects to present these subsidies in “Other

income” as allowed under AASB 120 Accounting for Government

grants and disclosure of Government assistance.

72 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Contract modifications

For services and construction contracts, revenue from variations and claims is recognised to the extent they are approved or

enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue is then recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number of factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal acceptance by

the customer of the validity of the claim, stage of negotiations, or the historical outcome of similar claims to determine whether the

enforceable and “highly probable” threshold has been met.

Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the scope of the contract, will only be included in the transaction price,

when it is approved by the parties to the contract or the modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly probable.

Modifications may also be recognised when client instruction has been received in line with customary business practice

for the customer.

Contract costs (tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed, unless they are incremental to obtaining the contract and the

Group expects to recover those costs or where they are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the

contract is obtained.

Performance obligations and contract duration

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied which may be at a

point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different revenue streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by

identifying the different activities that are being undertaken and then aggregating only those where the different activities are

significantly integrated or highly interdependent. Revenue will be recognised, on certain contracts over time, as a single performance

obligation when the services are part of a series of distinct goods and services that are substantially integrated with the same

pattern of transfer.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which revenue may be recognised and is limited to the period for which the

parties have enforceable rights and obligations. When the customer can terminate a contract for convenience (without a substantive

penalty), the contract term and related revenue is limited to the termination period.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to not adjust the total consideration over the contract term for the effect of a

financing component if the period between the transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s payment for the services is

expected to be one year or less.

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying the

performance obligation within the contracts over time. The different methods of measuring progress include an input method (e.g.

costs incurred) or an output method (e.g. milestones reached). The same method of measuring progress will be consistently applied

to similar performance obligations.

Variable consideration

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s performance, including key performance payments, liquidated damages

and abatements that offset revenue under the contract, is recognised only when it is highly probable that a reversal of that revenue

will not occur.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined to be a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially

the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (for example maintenance services), variable consideration is

recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods or services subject to the variable consideration are completed.

Loss-making contracts

Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets as

onerous contracts.

B2. Revenue – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

Annual Report 2020 73
Key estimates and judgements: Revenue recognition

Stage of completion

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs.

Modifications

When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation to claims

and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable. Management uses

judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists.

Variable consideration

Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either the “expected value” or the “most likely

amount”. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

revenue reversal will not occur in future.

Changes in these estimates or judgements could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

B3. Individually significant items

The following material items of expenses, forming part of the unallocated segment, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance:

2020

$’m

Portfolio

restructure

and exit costs

Payroll

remediation

costs

Goodwill

impairment

Spotless

shareholder

class action

Legal

settlementTo t a l

Employee benefits expense 42.1 8.9 – – – 51.0

Raw materials and consumables

used 9.7 – – – – 9.7

Impairment of non-current assets 46.6 – 165.0 – – 211.6

Other expenses from ordinary

activities 44.07. 4 – 34.0 9.5 94.9

Loss before interest and tax142.4 16.3 165.0 34.0 9.5 367. 2

Income tax benefit (42.2) (4.5) – (10.2) (2.7) (59.6)

Loss after income tax 100.2 11.8 165.0 23.8 6.8 307.6

Portfolio restructure and exit costs

Represents restructuring costs incurred following management’s decision to scale back the Group’s construction service offerings

as well as costs associated in rightsizing the business to reflect the new business model and remain competitive in a post-COVID-19

environment. The material elements of the costs associated with the portfolio restructure program are as follows:

–The Hospitality business has been the most acutely affected part of the Group through COVID-19 with all major event venues

and other customer premises either closed or running at a fraction of capacity. The business has effectively been placed into

hibernation, awaiting demand to recover, with cost plus arrangements in place for those customers requiring service. Downer is

not eligible for the Federal Government’s JobKeeper subsidy. Restructure costs of $46.4 million have been expensed to cover

redundancies, asset impairments, stock write-offs, onerous contracts and other exit costs.

–The Group has exited the resource based electrical and mechanical major construction market within the Engineering and

Construction (E&C) business unit. Restructure costs of $15.0 million have been expensed to cover redundancies and other exit

costs. Spotless has exited the facilities based electrical and mechanical major construction market within the Infrastructure and

Construction (I&C) business unit. Restructure costs of $9.3 million have been expensed to cover redundancies and other exit costs.

B2. Revenue – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

74 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B3. Individually significant items – continued

Portfolio restructure and exit costs – continued

–Downer has reduced management overhead across the

Group through reduction in management layers, head-count,

property footprint, systems and discretionary spend to

better reflect the new operating model. Restructure costs of

$35.6 million have been expensed.

–Transaction costs of $10.0 million relating to the portfolio

review of Mining and Laundries have been expensed in FY20.

–The carrying value of information systems has been impaired

by $26.1 million. The impairment relates to applications and

infrastructure in businesses that are being wound down.

Payroll remediation costs

During the year, Spotless commenced a review of the applicable

Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations,

together with the assumptions regarding their interpretation and

application in its payroll systems in order to validate the correct

application of pay rates to employees as well as identify historical

underpayments and overpayments. The process is ongoing.

On 1 July 2020, Spotless lost a Federal Court case with respect

to Ordinary and Customary Turnover of Labour rate (OCTL)

redundancy payments for employees made redundant on

cessation of specific contracts.

Spotless has recognised an employee benefits provision of

$41.1 million in relation to these matters, including interest and

other remediation costs. Of this amount, $24.8 million relating

to the EAs and Modern Award obligations that should have

been incurred in previous years, has been recognised as a prior

period error in opening retained earnings (Refer to Note D1),

with $16.3 million being recognised as an expense in the period.

The $16.3 million comprises all the estimated OCTL redundancy

amounts and EAs and Modern Award obligation amounts

relating to FY20.

The expected liability is the Group’s best estimate of the shortfall

at this time, and has required assumptions regarding complex

variables including the assessment of large volumes of payroll

data and the interpretation of a number of applicable EAs and

Modern Award obligations. Changes to any of these variables

have the potential to result in further adjustments to the

calculation of the shortfall, which could result in a further liability

and expense being required in subsequent reporting periods.

Downer is committed to ensuring its people are paid in

accordance with their employment agreements and the law

and has a dedicated team investigating Spotless and Downer

practices, systems and processes.

Goodwill impairment

Following the identification of possible impairment indicators,

the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of

the Spotless Group of CGUs. As a result of this assessment,

a goodwill impairment of $165.0 million was recognised as at

30 June 2020. Refer to Note C7 for further details.

Spotless Shareholder class action

This represents the expense (net of insurance recoveries) to

settle the shareholder class action commenced against Spotless

in the Federal Court of Australia in May 2017. The settlement

was without admission of liability and includes interest and costs

to the Applicant. This claim has previously been disclosed as a

contingent liability.

Legal settlement

Downer has entered into a settlement agreement in relation

to a legacy leaky building claim in New Zealand. The amount

represents the costs of remediation works to be undertaken in

excess of the insurance cover. This claim has been previously

disclosed as a contingent liability.

2019

The Group recognised $45.0 million as an individually significant

item in relation to Downer’s obligation to complete the Murra

Warra wind farm following Senvion’s insolvency as announced

to the market on 1 August 2019. The provision related to the

credit risk assumed by Downer to complete the contract as

Downer and Senvion shared liability under the project jointly

and severally. This individually significant item is classified to

the unallocated segment and is disclosed as part of “other

expenses from ordinary activities” in the statement of profit or

loss at 30 June 2019.

Annual Report 2020 75
B4. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the result attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding.

20202019

(Loss) / profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($'m)(150.3)261.8 

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($'m)( 7. 4)(8.3)

(Loss) / profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’m)(157.7)253.5 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i)

592.3 591.2 

Basic earnings per share (cents)(26.6)42.9 

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted EPS is based on the result attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of

ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

20202019

(Loss) / profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)(150.3)261.8 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

–Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i) (ii)

593.0 592.2 

–WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(iii)

29.4 26.9 

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)622.4 619.1 

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

(iv)

(26.6)42.3 

(i) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of the unvested executive incentive shares.

(ii) For diluted earnings per share, the WANOS has been further adjusted by the potential vesting of executive incentive shares.

(iii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value of

ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $186.9 million (2019: $191.2 million), divided by the

average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms, which was

$6.37 (2019: $7.10).

(iv) At 30 June 2020, the ROADS are anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at a loss of 26.6 cents per share.

B5. Taxation

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on the pre-tax result for the year reconciles to the income tax expense / (benefit) in the financial

statements as follows:

2020

$’m

2019

$’m 

(Loss) / profit before income tax (153.3)379.8 

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate(46.0)113.9 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(1.4)(1.7)

Non-deductible expenses0.9 0.8 

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates (4.2)(6.8)

Impairment of goodwill49.5  –

Non-taxable gains – (5.1)

Other items2.9 0.1 

Under provision of income tax in previous year0.7 2.3 

Total income tax expense2.4 103.5 

Current tax expense45.0 63.4 

Deferred tax (benefit) / expense(42.6)40.1 

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable profits

under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

76 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B5. Taxation – continued

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of

income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable

profit or tax loss for the period; this is calculated using tax rates

and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by

the reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences

arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets

and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets, to the

extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be

available to utilise them.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:

–Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition

of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business

combination which affects neither taxable income nor

accounting profit

–Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries,

associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group

is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary

differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the

foreseeable future

–Temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates

and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the

asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are

recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate

to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax

assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly-owned Australian entities are

part of a tax consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax-consolidated

group. Entities within the tax consolidated group have entered

into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement

with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding

agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the

tax consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax

equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on the

current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

Key estimate and judgement

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets,

to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable

profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is

required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets

that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and

the level of future taxable profits.

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and

jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is

required to determine the worldwide provision for income

taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are

recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes

in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact

the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax

balances recognised.

Annual Report 2020 77
B5. Taxation – continued

(b) Movement in deferred tax balances

2020

$’m


At

30 June

2019

(Restated)


Application

of AASB 16

At 1 July

2019

Recognised

in profit

or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehen-

sive income

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquis-

ition and

disposal

Net

balance

at

30 June

2020

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and

contract assets(63.4) – (63.4)(70.3) – 0.4  – (133.3) – (133.3)

Property, plant and equipment,

right-of-use assets and

lease liabilities(40.9)28.9 (12.0)(29.9) – (0.2) – (42.1) – (42.1)

Intangible assets(153.7) – (153.7)34.6  – 0.1  – (119.0) – (119.0)

Income tax losses28.3  – 28.3 68.3  –  –  – 96.6 96.6  – 

Trade payables and

contract liabilities27.9  – 27.9 9.1  – 0.1  – 37.1 37.1  – 

Employee benefits and

other provisions154.0  – 154.0 27. 4 (0.2)0.5 11.2 192.9 192.9  – 

Other11.1  – 11.1 3.4 1.3 (1.0) – 14.8 14.8  – 

Net deferred tax assets/

(liabilities)(36.7)28.9 ( 7. 8)42.6 1.1 (0.1)11.2 47.0 341.4 (294.4)

Set-off of DTA against DTL(199.9)199.9 

Net tax assets / (liabilities)47.0 141.5 (94.5)

2019

$’m


At

30 June

2018

Application

of AASB 15

and balance

restatement

(i)


At 1 July

2018

(Restated)

Recognised

in profit

or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehen-

sive income

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquis-

ition and

disposal

Net

balance

at

30 June

2019

(Restated)

Deferred

tax

assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and

contract assets(100.5)83.2 (17. 3)(36.6) – (0.3)(9.2)(6 3 .4) – (6 3 .4)

Joint ventures and associates(0.9) – (0.9)0.9  –  –  –  –  –  – 

Property, plant and equipment(32.2) – (32.2)(8.0) – (0.1)(0.6)(4 0. 9) – (4 0. 9)

Intangible assets(164.1) – (164.1)19.7  – (0. 2)(9.1)(153.7) – (153.7)

Income tax losses32.5  – 32.5 (4 . 2) –  –  – 28.3 28.3  – 

Trade payables and

contract liabilities34.5  – 34.5 (9.5) – (0. 2)3.1 27. 9 27. 9  – 

Employee benefits and

other provisions

(i)

129.4 33.0162.4 (1.7) – (0.4)(6.3)154.0 154.0  – 

Other6.6  – 6.6 (0.7)3.8 1.0 0.4 11.1 11.1  – 

Net deferred tax assets/

(liabilities)(94.7)116.221.5 (4 0.1)3.8 (0. 2)(21.7)(36.7)221.3 (258.0)

Set-off of DTA against DTL     (120.4)120.4 

Net tax assets / (liabilities)(36.7)100.9 (137.6)

(i) 1 July 2018 balances have been restated by $7.4 million following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer

to Note D1). The remaining $25.6 million relates to the adjustment on adoption of AASB 15.

78 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

B6. Remuneration of auditor

2020

$

2019

$

Audit and review of

financial statements5,224,180 5,402,736 

Assurance services:

Regulatory assurance services50,000  –

Other assurance services340,211  452,044

Total assurance services390,211 452,044 

Other services:

Tax services242,148  338,957

Advisory services468,318  275,000

Total other services710,466 613,957 

The auditor of the Group is KPMG.

B7. Subsequent events

On 21 July 2020, the Group announced the launch of a

$400 million equity raising to support the acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless and provide flexibility for continued

investment in Downer’s core business.

Downer has also announced it has made an unconditional offer

to acquire all of the issued share capital of Spotless not already

owned for an upfront cash consideration of approximately

$134.5 million, plus a maximum of 7.5 million Downer shares to be

issued on exercise of the Downer Contingent Share Option.

Downer has entered into a call option deed with Coltrane

Master Fund, L.P. under which it has a call option over 2.99%

of Spotless shares, which on exercise will increase Downer’s

ownership above the 90% threshold required to proceed to

compulsory acquisition.

Outside of the above, at the date of this report, there have

been no other matters or circumstances that have arisen since

the end of the financial year, that have significantly affected,

or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the

results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in

subsequent financial years.

Annual Report 2020 79
C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

C3. Inventories

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

C5. Property, plant and equipment

C6. Right-of-use assets

C7. Intangible assets

C8. Lease receivables

C9. Other provisions

C10. Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

(Loss) / profit after tax for the year(155.7)276.3 

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributionsF1(a)(2.2)(8.0)

Depreciation on right-of-use of assetsC6151.8  – 

Depreciation and amortisation of other non-current assetsC5,C7365.5 360.0 

Impairment of goodwill C7165.0  – 

Impairment of other non-current assetsC5,C6,C747.0  –

Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs6.7 4.2 

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment(5.7)(4 . 8)

Termination of right-of-use assets / lease liabilities(0.2) –

Fair value gain on revaluation of existing interest in Downer Mouchel Joint VentureF2 – (17.0)

Unrealised exchange gains(0.1)(1.5)

Movement in current tax balances(11.9)6.9 

Movement in deferred tax balances(43.7)40.5 

Movements on net defined benefit plan obligationD27.0  – 

Share-based employee benefits expenseD14.8 4.0 

Other0.1 2.3 

684.1 386.6 

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:

(Increase) / decrease in assets:

Current trade receivables and contract assets(315.1)(67.1)

Current inventories(31.9)(29.3)

Other current assets(4.3)(1.5)

Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(21.0)(10.2)

Other non-current assets8.1 0.4 

Increase / (decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade payables and contract liabilities15.8 65.9 

Current financial liabilities4.8 (3.7)

Shareholder class action payableC434.0  – 

Current provisions(18.8)16.1 

Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities(22.3)24.2 

Non-current financial liabilities8.3 (3.1)

Non-current provisions( 7. 2)(24.4)

(349.6)(32.7)

Net cash generated by operating activities178.8 630.2 

80 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities


$’m

1 July

2019

AASB 16

Transition

adjustment

Net cash

flows

Lease net

additions and

remeasure

Amortisation

and foreign

exchange

movement

30 June

2020

Interest bearing loans1,693.3  – 348.7  – 9.3 2,051.3

Lease liabilities

(i)

10.2 7 17.6 (152.9)193.5 (5.2)763.2

Total liabilities from

financing activities1,703.5 717.6195.8 193.5 4.1 2,814.5

(i) Upon adoption of AASB 16 Leases, the 30 June 2019 lease liabilities that were disclosed as finance leases in the comparative figures have been presented as part of the

lease liability balances in Note E3.

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:

Cash567.9 663.2 

Short-term deposits20.6 47. 5 

Total cash and cash equivalents588.5 710.7 

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Trade receivables792.1 888.0 

Contract assets

(i)

1,573.5 1,084.4 

2,365.6 1,972.4 


Other receivables64.7 111.0 

Loss allowance on trade

receivables and contract

assets arising from

contracts with customers(19.2)(17. 5)

To t a l2 ,411.1 2,065.9 

Included in the

financial statements as:

Current

(i)

2,315.9 1,991.5 

Non-current95.2 74.4 

(i) Current contract assets: $1,482.9 million (2019: $1,074.8 million).

Allowance for credit losses:

The Group’s trade receivables and contract assets are

disaggregated based on their expected credit risks between

Government and Private (non-government) customers. An analysis

of the balances is presented below:

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Government – not due 1,193.7 1,058.0 

Government – 0 to 90 days past due43.5 34.7 

Government – more than

90 days past due46.5 44.4 

Private – not due1,013.3 754.8 

Private – 0 to 90 days past due42.8 42.9 

Private – more than 90 days past due25.8 37.6 

Total gross carrying amount2,365.6 1,972.4 

Credit impaired – specific allowance6.9 11.9 

Not credit impaired –

lifetime expected credit loss12.3 5.6 

Loss allowance on trade receivables

and contract assets arising from

contracts with customers19.2 17. 5 

The Group has policies to manage its overall exposure to credit risk

as set out in Note G2(e).

Annual Report 2020 81
C2. Trade receivables and contract assets – continued

In assessing lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) as at 30 June

2020, the Group has considered the increased risk arising from

the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Group has

assessed ECLs by segmenting the portfolio of trade receivables

and contract assets by customer (i.e. Government and private)

as well as by geography to better assess inherent credit risk.

The Group defines counterparties as “Government” if the contract

is with a National, Federal, State or Local Government body, or

an agency or entity that is owned, controlled or guaranteed by

such bodies. Any counterparties other than those defined as

“Government”, are classified as “Private”, and include Blue-Chip

listed companies, PPPs, large multinational companies, network

infrastructure companies as well as other private sector businesses.

The credit risk associated with Government balances is

considered to be negligible (FY19: negligible) due to the high credit

worthiness of the counterparties. No Government balances are

currently in default.

For “Private” balances, the Group has recorded specific

impairment losses for counterparties that are currently in default.

The $19.2 million loss allowance as at 30 June 2020 includes a

specific provision of $6.3 million for a customer following the entity

entering administration.

The remaining ECLs have increased from $5.6 million at 30 June

2019 to $12.3 million at 30 June 2020 reflecting additional credit

risk in the current portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets

mainly from the effect of the economic downturn caused by the

COVID-19 pandemic is expected to have on private counterparties.

Credit losses on “Private” counterparty balances have historically

averaged less than 1%. The allowance for credit losses, excluding

specific provisions, is 1.1% (2019: 0.7%) of the private trade

receivables and contract assets.

Remaining performance obligations

As of 30 June 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction

price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

is $13,466.1 million (2019: $14,514.3 million). The Group will

recognise this revenue when the performance obligations

are satisfied. Approximately ~46% of remaining performance

obligations are expected to occur within the next five years; with

the remaining ~54% related to long-term service/maintenance

contracts ranging up to 42 years.

The remaining performance obligations balances for both

30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 presented above relate

to the revenue expected to be recognised from ongoing

construction type contracts with an expected duration of more

than 12 months.

During the current financial year revenue of $1,372.0 million has

been recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied

or partially satisfied in previous periods.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised at

fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective

interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to

consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting

date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables

when the rights have become unconditional. This usually occurs

when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with contractual

terms to the customer.

Payments from customers are received based on a billing

schedule/ milestone basis, as established in our contracts.

Costs to obtain or fulfil contracts

Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected

to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer

regardless of whether the contract is obtained are capitalised.

Financial assets and liabilities

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) contains a classification

and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the

business model in which assets are managed and their cash flow

characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through profit

or loss (FVTPL).

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, the

carrying amounts of the trade receivables and contract assets are

estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment

The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise

lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract

assets and finance lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.

The Group considers the relevant credit risk associated

with disaggregated portions of the financial assets and after

considering specific provisions against counterparties and

defaults, applies an expected credit loss (ECL) percentage derived

from recorded historic credit losses associated with specific

population. The key disaggregation of the balances is between

those that are backed by Government funding and those that

are not and, between those that are current or are overdue less

than 90 days or become more than 90 days overdue. The Group

exercises considerable judgement about how economic factors

(such as the economic downturn triggered by the COVID-19

pandemic) affect this ECL of each of the disaggregated balances

independently, and applies a premium as deemed appropriate to

adjust the historically determined default rates to present the total

expected credit losses on the current balances.

This impairment model applies to financial assets measured

at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in

equity instruments).

82 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets – continued

Key estimate and judgement: Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will fail to perform an obligation causing a financial loss to the Group. The Group

minimises credit risk by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers in various industries and geographical areas.

A credit risk management policy is in place and exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Group uses historical information as a basis for the estimation of expected credit losses and then adjusts its assessment of credit risk

based on current macro/micro economic conditions however, judgement is applied in doing this assessment.

C3. Inventories

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Current

Raw materials 134.6 127.0 

Work in progress 1.3 7. 3 

Finished goods 57.7 56.2 

Components and spare parts 140.4 114.1 

Total inventories334.0 304.6 

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all

estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

Note

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Trade payables697.7 810.6 

Contract liabilities497.7 501.5 

Accruals1,034.4 1,007. 2 

Shareholder class action payableB334.0  –

Dividends payableE883.3  – 

Other payables179.1 137. 5 

Total trade payables and contract liabilities2,526.2 2,456.8 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current2,497.4 2,405.5 

Non-current28.8 51.3 

Recognition and measurement

Trade payables, accruals and other payables

Trade payables, accruals and other payables are recognised when

the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting

from the purchase of goods and services.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to

transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has

received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due)

from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue

when work is performed under the contract.

If the net amount of the Group’s rights to consideration for work

performed after deduction of progress payments received is

negative, the difference is recognised as a liability and included as

part of contract liabilities.

Of the Contract liabilities balance of $501.5 million at 30 June

2019, substantially all has been recognised in the current year.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their

carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Annual Report 2020 83
C5. Property, plant and equipment

2020

$’m

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvements

Equipment

under

finance

lease

(ii)

Laundries

rental

stockTo t a l

Balance at 30 June 2019124.01,196.2 9.0 44.1 1,373.3 

Opening balance adjustment on application of AASB 16 – –(9.0) – (9.0)

Balance at 1 July 2019124.0 1,196.2  – 44.1 1,364.3 

Additions4.0 248.7  – 33.5 286.2 

Disposals at net book value(0.2)(19.1) –  – (19.3)

Depreciation expense(4.4)(225.6) – (35.0)(265.0)

Impairment charge

(i)

– (6.8) –  (3.3) (10.1)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(0.3)(5.5) – (0.1)(5.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 2020123.11 ,187.9 – 39.21,350.2 

Cost155.12,748.7 – 139.0 3,042.8 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(32.0)(1,560.8) – (99.8)(1,692.6)

2019

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2018118.8 1,106.3 14.1 41. 2 1,280.4 

Additions10.5 305.3 2.3 35.2 353.3 

Disposals at net book value(3.0)(8.5)(2.3) – (13.8)

Acquisition of businesses0.1 12.0  –  – 12.1 

Depreciation expense(2.9)(219.8)(4 . 8)(32.5)(260.0)

Reclassifications at net book value – 0.4 (0.4) – – 

Reclassified as intangible assets – (0.8) –  – (0.8)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value0.5 1.3 0.1 0.2 2.1 

Net book value as at 30 June 2019124.0 1,196.2 9.0 44.1 1,373.3 

Cost152.8 2,722.1 24.5 105.9 3,005.3 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(28.8)(1,525.9)(15.5)(61.8)(1,632.0)

(i) Impairment relates to leasehold improvement assets as a result of the portfolio restructure.

(ii) These assets, previously disclosed as Property, plant and equipment have been derecognised on application of AASB 16 and are now presented separately within Right-of-

use assets (refer to Note C6).

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold land n/aNo depreciation

Buildings 20 to 50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvements Life of leaseStraight-line

Plant and equipment – mining, power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3 to 25 years Straight-line

Laundries rental stock18 months to 5 yearsStraight-line

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values

The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’

warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. In addition, the condition of

the assets is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments to useful lives and residual

values are made when considered necessary.

84 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C6. Right-of-use assets

The Group leases many assets including property, motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Information about leased assets for which

the Group is a lessee is presented below:

2020

$’m

Leasehold

Property

Motor

Vehicles

Plant and

EquipmentTo t a l

Balance recognised on adoption of AASB 16385.5 101.7 83.4 570.6 

Additions57.5 56.4 86.1 200.0 

Remeasure(24.1)9.2 10.1 (4.8)

Depreciation charge for the period(60.8)(56.0)(35.0)(151.8)

Impairment charge

(i)

(13.0) –  – (13.0)

Disposals at net book value(1.5)(0.9)(1.2)(3.6)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(2.7)(1.3)(0.8)(4.8)

Net book value as at 30 June 2020340.9 109.1 142.6 592.6 

Cost413.9 164.8 176.8 755.5 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(73.0)(55.7)(34.2)(162.9)

(i) Impairment recognised as a result of the impact that the portfolio restructure had on property footprint across the businesses (refer to Note B3).

Recognition and measurement

Right-of-use assets

The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost,

which comprises:

–The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability

–Any lease payments made at or before the commencement

date, less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs

incurred by the lessee

–An estimate of the costs to dismantle and remove the

underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset.

Subsequently the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less any

accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted

for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter period

of the lease term and the economic useful life of the underlying

asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or

the costs of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will

exercise a purchase option, the asset will be depreciated from

the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the

underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement

date of the lease.

Where the initially anticipated lease term is subsequently

reassessed, any changes are reflected in a remeasurement of the

lease liability and a corresponding adjustment to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of a right-of-use asset is less than its

carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised in the profit or

loss, and the carry value of asset written-down to its recoverable

amount. Should the recoverable amount increase in future periods

the carrying value may be adjusted to the lower of the recoverable

value or the amortised cost of the asset had it not been impaired.

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives/lease term and recoverable value

The estimation of the useful lives has been based on the assets’ lease terms. There are a number of judgements made in

determining the lease terms as noted in the Key estimate and judgement section of Note E3.

The expected useful life of the asset includes a judgement as to whether available extension changes will be exercised.

Changes to this assessment are reflected as a remeasurement, with a corresponding adjustment for the liability.

In assessing whether a right-of-use asset is impaired, judgement is required to determine the recoverable value of the asset.

For corporate right-of-use assets, impairment is assessed against the recoverable amount of cash generating units to which

they are allocated.

Annual Report 2020 85
C7. Intangible assets

2020

$’mGoodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Carrying amount as at 1 July 20192,454.5345.071.3 2.0 257.9 3,130.7 

Additions – 2.7  –  – 61.4 64.1 

Disposals at net book value –  –  –  – (0.2)(0.2)

Business acquisition adjustments(5.5) –  –  –  – (5.5)

Amortisation expense – (67.1)(4.0)(0.2)(29.2)(100.5)

Impairment charge

(i)

(165.0) –  –  – (23.9)(188.9)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(2.7) – (0.3) – (0.6)(3.6)

Net book value as at 30 June 20202,281.3 280.6 67.0 1.8 265.4 2,896.1 

Cost2,598.7 494.7 79.1 2.4 478.0 3,652.9 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(317. 4)(214.1)(12.1)(0.6)(212.6)(756.8)

2019

Carrying amount as at 1 July 20182,351.5 381.1 74.7 2.2 241. 2 3,050.7 

Additions –  –  –  – 45.3 45.3 

Disposals at net book value –  –  –  – (0.3)(0.3)

Acquisition of businesses98.2 30.2  –  –  – 128.4 

Reclassifications at net book value –  –  –  – 0.8 0.8 

Amortisation expense – (66.3)(3.9)(0. 2)(29.6)(100.0)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value4.8  – 0.5  – 0.5 5.8 

Net book value as at 30 June 20192,454.5 345.0 71.3 2.0 257.9 3,130.7 

Cost2,606.9 494.1 79.4 2.4 419.3 3,602.1 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(152 .4)(149.1)(8.1)(0.4)(161.4)(47 1 . 4)

(i) $165.0 million impairment as a result of assessment of the carrying value of the Spotless group of CGUs (Refer to recoverable amount section in Note C7 and to Note B3).

$23.9 million impairment of capitalised Information Systems (including applications and IT infrastructure), in CGUs that are being wound down as part of the portfolio

restructure (Refer to Note B3).

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents, trademarks and licences) and

software are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently

measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any

impairment losses. Internally developed systems are capitalised

once the project is assessed to be feasible. The costs capitalised

include consulting, licensing and direct labour costs. Costs incurred

in determining project feasibility are expensed as incurred.

86 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful Life

Software and system development5 to 15 years

Brand names20 years

Intellectual property acquired15 to 20 years

Customer contracts and relationships1 to 20 years

Other intangible assets20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at

the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life

are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or

changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may

not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the

asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the

purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest

levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows that

are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or

groups of assets (cash-generating units or CGUs). Non-financial

assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed

for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes

to CGUs or groups of CGUs (“CGUs”) that are significant

individually or in aggregate, taking into consideration the nature

of service, resource allocation, how operations are monitored and

where independent cash flows are identifiable.

Consistent with prior year, eight independent CGUs have been

identified across the Group against which goodwill has been

allocated and for which impairment testing has been undertaken.

The goodwill allocation to each CGUs is presented below:

Carrying value of

consolidated goodwill

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Transport Australia

(i)

275.1 283.6 

Utilities Australia335.0 335.0 

Rail55.3 55.3 

Defence53.7 53.7 

Downer NZ Services69.3 70.5 

Building Projects NZ62.2 63.7 

Spotless

(i) (ii)

1,276.3 1,438.3 

EC&M154.4 154.4 

To t a l2,281.3 2,454.5 

(i) Included in this amount is the adjustment of goodwill for certain acquisitions

made during the year ended 30 June 2019, for which the acquisition accounting

has been finalised.

(ii) FY20 balance is net of an impairment of $165.0 million. Refer to results of

impairment testing section.

Key estimate and judgement:

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an estimation

of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the goodwill

and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated.

Key assumptions requiring judgement include projected

cash flows, discount rates, budgeted EBIT growth rate and

long-term growth rate.

Estimation of useful life

The estimation of the economic useful lives of software

is initially determined based on historical experience.

The useful lives of intangible assets recognised on business

combinations is independently determined based on detailed

reviews of similar assets and underlying factors. These useful

lives are regularly reassessed for indicators of any change

to the initial assessments. If the economic useful lives are

determined to have changed, the amortisation of the assets is

adjusted to reflect the new expected useful life, impacting the

future amortisation recognised.

Recoverable amount testing

The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been

assessed using the higher of “value in use” (“VIU”) and “fair value

less costs of disposal” (“FVLCD”).

The carrying value of the Transport Australia, Utilities Australia,

EC&M, Rail, Defence, Building Projects NZ and Downer NZ

Services CGUs have been assessed using a VIU model,

consistent with prior periods.

In assessing VIU, the estimated future cash flows are discounted

to their present value using a discount rate that uses current

market assessments of the time value of money and the risks

specific to the CGU.

As an impairment has been identified for the Spotless CGU, the

recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU has been assessed

based on both a ‘VIU’ and a ‘FVLCD’ methodology. The

recoverable amount has been determined based on a FVLCD

basis (2019: VIU) as this provided the higher recoverable amount.

Annual Report 2020 87
C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – continued

In determining the FVLCD, a discounted cash flow model is

used. These calculations, classified as level 3 on the fair value

hierarchy, are compared to valuation multiples, or other fair value

indicators where available, to ensure reasonableness.

Results of impairment testing

All CGUs, except the Spotless CGU

For all CGUs, with the exception of the Spotless CGU, the

recoverable values (based on the present value of future cash

flows) are greater than the carrying value of the operating assets

and no impairment has been identified.

Spotless CGU

The forecast cash flows for the Spotless CGU have been

adversely impacted by a number of issues, including declining

margins and contract base, poor performance on certain

contracts, and more recently, the impact of COVID-19 particularly

on its Hospitality business. Consequently, the present value of

future expected cash flows has reduced and no longer support

the carrying value of the operating assets of the CGU.

The recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU has been

determined to be $1,721.0 million.

As a result, an impairment of $165.0 million has been recognised

against the goodwill allocated to the CGU. The impairment

amount has been recognised in “Impairment of non-current

assets” in the statement of profit or loss and disclosed as an

individually significant item in Note B3.

The reduction in the recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU

was the result of:

–An increase in the post tax discount rate from 8.1% to 8.3%

applied to forecast cash flows

–A reduction in the terminal growth rate from 2.5% to 2.25%

due to the macro-economic environment

–The impact of COVID-19 on future earnings

particularly in Hospitality

–A reduction in earnings from the Infrastructure &

Construction (I&C) division (Nuvo and AE Smith) as that

business repositions away from major construction exposure.

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions

The table below summarises the key assumptions utilised in the VIU and FVLCD calculations.

20202019

Budgeted

EBIT

(i)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Budgeted

EBIT

(i)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Transport Australia 4.7%2.25%9.0%5 .4%2.5%8.9%

Utilities Australia(2.6)%2.25%8.2%(0.5)%2.5%9.2%

Rail0.3%2.25%9.1%(10.1)%2.5%9.8%

Defence16.8%2.25%10.3%16.9%2.5%9.3%

Downer NZ Services3.9%2.25%8.3%2.5%2.5%9.2%

Building Projects NZ(2.0)%2.25%9.5%(3.7)%2.5%8.8%

Spotless1.8%2.25%8.3%5.2%2.5%8.1%

EC&M 1.8%2.25%9.7%7. 8%2.5%8.7%

(i) Budgeted EBIT for both 2019 and 2020 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY19 actual to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.

The impact of COVID-19 and return to a steady state of

performance by the terminal year is a key assumption as detailed

below for each CGU. The EBIT CAGR shown above is based on

FY19 to terminal year to ‘normalise’ for the impacts of COVID-19

on the current year results.

For all CGUs the FY21 budget and the business plan for FY22

and FY23 have included consideration of the impact of climate

risk. The impact of climate risk is not a key assumption in the

“value in use” or “fair value less cost of disposal” calculations.

(i) Projected cash flows – budgeted EBIT and the impact of

COVID-19 pandemic

Value in use calculation

The Group determines the recoverable amount, using three-year

cash flow projections based on the FY21 budget (as approved

by the Board) and the business plans for the years ending

30 June 2022 and 2023. For FY24 onwards, the Group assumes

a long-term growth rate of 2.25% to reflect the organic growth

expectations of the industry.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted

Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) less tax, capital

maintenance spending and working capital changes, adjusted

to exclude any uncommitted restructuring costs and future

benefits to provide a “free cash flow” estimate. This calculated

“free cash flow” is then discounted to its present value using a

post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments

of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for

which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

88 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C7. Intangible assets – continued

(i) Projected cash flows – budgeted EBIT and the impact

of COVID-19 pandemic – continued

COVID-19 Impact on projected cash flows

Budgeted EBIT has been based on past experience and the

Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting

the industry within which the Downer businesses operate. The

COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Group business lines to

varying degrees, with impacts including forced lockdown in New

Zealand, event cancellations, travel restrictions, supply chain

restrictions and general productivity constraints.

Whilst the near-term future health and economic consequences

of COVID-19 remain uncertain, the experience to date of the

impacts of COVID-19 on FY20 has been taken into consideration

in the preparation of the projected cash flows for the FY21

budget and the business plans for FY22 and FY23.

Generally speaking, the Transport Australia, Utilities Australia,

Rail and Defence CGUs were resilient with FY20 performance

on or near budget, mainly as their customer base includes

Government Agencies or Government-owned corporations.

The Building Projects NZ and Downer NZ Services business

units were supported through the level 4 restrictions in New

Zealand through both wage subsidies and recognition that

COVID-19 was a valid cause for delay and disruption claims.

Through FY20 the EC&M CGU experienced several large

contract losses in relation to construction contracts as well

as some deferral of activity in relation to long term Asset

Maintenance contracts as a result of COVID-19. Due to the

critical nature of these maintenance activities this activity is

anticipated to return in FY21.

The above impacts have been considered in forming the FY21

budget in the discounted cash flow models.

Ongoing cash flow forecasts

The FY22 through to terminal year cash flow projections assume

a return from the current economic position consistent with

economic projections, with the terminal year reflecting a steady-

state performance. Specifically for each CGU:

–Transport Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in activity in the transport infrastructure sector due to

population growth, increasing user expectation and higher

Government spend.

–Utilities Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in activity in fixed telecommunication networks,

electricity and water sectors, partially offsetting the

reduction in EBIT following completion of the current nbn

construction contracts.

–Rail is expected to be relatively stable over the medium term

following the transition from construction to the Through Life

Support (TLS) phase with the timing of overhauls impacting

the short-term cash flows.

–The Defence business has grown following acquisitions

in 2018. From a low EBIT is expected to benefit from an

increase in activity in the defence consulting sector and

revenue growth through the integration of activities from

building an end-to-end service offering and expanding

its offering and services to current and new customers. A

higher discount rate reflects the risk in achieving the growth

projections and the relatively smaller CGU.

–Downer New Zealand Services is expected to benefit

from increased investment in infrastructure, particularly in

transport and utilities.

–Building Projects New Zealand is expected to continue to

deliver on opportunities, particularly government-linked

expenditure in the vertical build area.

–EC&M revenue and EBIT growth assumptions has been

normalised for contract losses incurred in 2019 as Downer

has exited the resource based electrical and mechanical

major construction market within the Engineering and

Construction (E&C) business unit. Normalising for these

losses, the business shows a stable growth assumption,

reflecting the revised focus on Asset Maintenance Services

long-term service agreements where ongoing growth

is expected across Oil & Gas, Power Generation and

Industrial sectors.

Fair value less cost of disposal calculation

In determining FVLCD for the Spotless CGU, a discounted cash

flow model was used. Similarly to the other CGUs, a three-year

cash flow projection, based on the EBIT as per the FY21 budget

and the business plan for FY22 and FY23 was utilised. For FY24

onwards, the Group assumes a long-term growth rate of 2.25% to

allow for organic growth on the existing asset base. Adjustments

are made to these projections to include assumptions that a

market participant would make, such as cash flows relating to

restructuring and integration, following Downer obtaining 100%

control of Spotless.

The Spotless CGU has been the most acutely affected part of

the Group through COVID-19 with all major Hospitality event

venues and other customer premises either closed or running at

a fraction of capacity, as well as a reduction in Laundries volumes

through the deferral of elective surgeries.

Spotless’ revenue and EBIT assumptions assume an ongoing

decline in the Hospitality business unit through FY21 and FY22

due to anticipated reduction in events being held at key venues

such as the Melbourne Cricket Ground and Perth Convention

and Entertainment Centre. The model for Hospitality assumes

a return to pre-COVID-19 levels of activity by FY23. The overall

Spotless projections assume an overall EBIT compound annual

growth rate from FY19 (i.e. pre-COVID-19 levels) to the terminal

year of 1.8%, which is consistent with economic projections that

COVID-19 will have a long term sustained impact on economic

growth, and particular challenges in the Hospitality sector.

Consistent with assumptions a market participant would make,

the forecast also includes $10 million per annum (risk adjusted)

of synergies that can be realised from 100% ownership of

Spotless, offset by the premium paid to acquire the remaining

interest in Spotless and costs of implementation.

Annual Report 2020 89
C7. Intangible assets – continued

(ii) Long-term growth rates

The long-term annual growth rates, applicable for the periods

after which detailed forecasts have been prepared, are based on

the long term expected GDP rates for the country of operation,

adjusted as necessary to reflect industry specific considerations

including the impact that COVID-19 may have.

(iii) Discount rates

Post-tax discount rates of between 8.2% and 10.3% reflect the

Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks associated

with each CGU.

In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU,

consideration has been given to the estimated weighted

average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted for

country and business risks specific to that CGU. The post-tax

discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows that include an

allowance for tax based on the affected respective jurisdiction’s

tax rate. This method is used to approximate the requirement

of the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax discount rate to

pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The expected cash flows for capital expenditure are based

on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal

year calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing

plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The

resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual

depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to

support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account

changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line

with historic trends given the level of operating activity.

Sensitivities

For all CGUs, except the Spotless CGU, management believes

that any reasonable change in the key assumptions would

not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed their

recoverable value amount.

For the Spotless CGU, as the recoverable amount is now equal

to the carrying amount, any adverse movement in the key

assumptions noted above would lead to further impairment.

C8. Lease receivables

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Less than one year20.6 14.2 

Between one and five years50.9 40.7 

Greater than five years – 0.2 

Future minimum lease receivables71.5 55.1 

Less: unearned finance income(4.7)(4 .0)

Present value of minimum

lease receivables66.8 51.1 

Included in the

financial statements as:

Current18.5 12.4 

Non-current48.3 38.7 

There were no guaranteed residual values of assets leased under

finance leases at reporting date (2019: nil). However, some of the

leased assets serve as a guarantee against these receivables.

Recognition and measurement

Some of the Group’s mining services contracts include

arrangements whereby the customer will retain ownership of the

assets at the end of the contract. The asset component of those

contracts is recognised as lease receivables.

A lease arrangement transfers substantially all the risks and

rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee. The Group’s net

investment in the lease equals the net present value of the future

minimum lease payments. Lease income is recognised to reflect

a constant periodic rate of return on the Group’s remaining net

investment in respect of the lease.

90 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

C9. Other provisions

2020

$’mNote

Decomm-

issioning and

restoration

Warranties

and contract

claims

Onerous

contracts

and other

(i)

To t a l

Balance at 30 June 2019 28.1 23.7 139.7 191.5

Opening balance adjustment on application of AASB 16G1 – – (37.1) (37.1)

Balance at 1 July 2019 28.1 23.7 102.6 154.4

Additional provisions recognised 3.4 24.0 28.3 55.7

Unused provisions reversed – (0.1) (22.3) (22.4)

Utilisation of provisions (2.8) (9.9) (61.9) (74.6)

Business acquisition adjustments 0.5 – 1.0 1.5

Net foreign currency exchange differences (0.1) – (1.0) (1.1)

Balance at 30 June 2020 29.1 37.7 46.7 113.5

Included in the financial statements as:

Current 8.9 31.3 33.9 74.1

Non-current 20.2 6.4 12.8 39.4

(i) Onerous lease contracts as at 1 July 2019 have been reflected as Impairment to the opening right-of-use asset cost on adoption of AASB 16.

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

–The Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event

–It is probable that resources will be expended to

settle the obligation

–The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for

close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs,

including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure,

removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes

are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at

the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the liability.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for

the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at

balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and

construction contracts.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to

onerous customer contracts and supply contracts.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Key estimate and judgement: Provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected

expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at

the reporting date, based on current legal requirements,

technology and estimates of inflation.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

The provision is estimated having regard to previous

claims experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

These provisions have been calculated based on

management’s best estimate of discounted net cash

outflows required to fulfil the contracts. The status of these

contracts and the adequacy of provisions are assessed

at each reporting date. Any change in the assessment of

provisions impacts the results of the business.

Annual Report 2020 91
C10. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

The Group has bid bonds

and performance bonds

issued in respect of

contract performance

in the normal course

of business for

controlled entitiesE21,439.81,323.2 

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover

this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the

financial statements.

ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot

be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent

liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become

payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly

and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant

joint arrangements.

iv) The Group carries the normal contractors’ and consultants’

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional

advice, design, completion, workmanship, and damage), as

well as liability for personal injury/property damage during

the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from

claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against

Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which

the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing

a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in

relation to services, supply and construction contracts as

well as in relation to personal injury and property damage

claims arising from project delivery.

v) Several New Zealand entities in the Group have been

named as co-defendants in “leaky building” claims.

The leaky building claims where Group entities are

co-defendants generally relate to water damage arising

from historical design and construction methodologies

(and certification) for residential and other buildings in

New Zealand during the early-mid 2000s. The Directors

are of the opinion that disclosure of any further information

relating to the leaky building claims would be prejudicial to

the interests of the Group.

vi) Certain recent court decisions, not involving Spotless,

regarding the correct application of various employee

entitlements may have a financial impact on the Group.

The Group does not consider the majority of the principles

relating to these Court decisions directly apply to the Group’s

employment arrangements. No provision has therefore been

recognised in relation to these matters at 30 June 2020.

92 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key executives,

including Key Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value of ownership and

incentives and drive performance both individually and collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Defined benefit plan

D3. Key management personnel compensation

D4. Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

–Defined contribution plans costs 262.3 258.2 

–Shared-based employee benefits

expense 4.8 4.0 

–Employee benefits3,885.8 4,065.6 

–Redundancy costs57. 4  12.6 

–Defined benefit plan costs7.0  - 

To t a l4 , 217. 34,340.4 

Employee benefits provision:

– Current

(i)

377.1 365.3 

– Non-current

(ii)

55.0 45.1 

To t a l432.1 410.4 

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s

compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations.

(ii) Included in the non-current employee benefit provision is the net obligation of

the defined benefit plan (Refer to Note D2).

Payroll remediation costs

During the year, Spotless commenced a review of the applicable

Enterprise Agreements and Modern Awards, together with the

assumptions regarding their interpretation and application in its

payroll systems in order to validate the correct application of pay

rates to employees as well as identify historical underpayments

and overpayments.

While the review to determine the extent of the remediation

continues, the Group has estimated the likely underpayments

relating to the period prior to 1 July 2018 was $24.8 million

before tax. The annual amounts were not material to profit either

cumulatively or for any of the individual years to which they

related. Nonetheless, the Group has elected to restate opening

retained earnings to enhance year on year comparability.

As a result, the opening balance of the employee benefits

provision has been increased by $24.8 million, with

corresponding adjustments to retained earnings, deferred

tax assets and to the non-controlling interest. The impact of

these changes on the opening position for these balances

has flowed through to the closing balances for the year ended

30 June 2019. The Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and

Other Comprehensive Income, and the Consolidated Statement

of Cash Flows comparatives for FY19 are unchanged.

In addition, the Group has recognised an expense of $16.3 million

before tax in 2020 relating to remediation costs and redundancy

payments for employees made redundant on cessation of

specific contracts (refer to Note B3).

Critical estimates and judgements have been made in the

calculations as to the impacted employees, allowance payments

and assumed work patterns. Any revisions of the estimates will

be recognised in the period the revisions are identified.

Annual Report 2020 93
The following table presents the impact of the 1 July 2018 restatement on the comparative information presented in the prior

year’s Annual Report:

Balances as at 30 June 2019:Note

As previously

reported

$’m

Adjustment

$’m

As restated

$’m

Employee benefits provision(385.6)(24.8)(410.4)

Deferred tax assetB 5 (b)93.5 7. 4 100.9 

Other net assets3,342.3  – 3,342.3 

Net assets3,050.2 (17. 4)3,032.8 

Retained earnings496.7 (15.3)481.4 

Non-controlling interestE6155.9 (2.1)153.8 

Other equity balances2 , 397.6  – 2 , 397.6 

Total equity3,050.2 (17. 4)3,032.8 

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in respect of

employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when they

are settled and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation and payroll tax.

Key estimate and judgement:

Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided

by employees up to the end of the reporting period. This calculation requires judgement in determining the following

key assumptions:

–Future increase in wages and salary rates

–Future on-cost rates

–Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity of

the entitlement.

For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted using long-term government bond rates given there is no deep

corporate bond market.

Interpretation of Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Awards

Management estimates any potential expenses in relation to payroll remediation matters.

Each identified matter is currently in the process of final validation and quantification. In the case of redundancy costs arising

from Ordinary and Customary Turnover of Labour rate (OCTL), the quantification and ultimate liability will also be subject to the

outcome of any appeal.

The work involved in calculating the provision has been time consuming, complex and is the Group’s best estimate of its liability.

The estimate is based on an assessment of substantial volumes of payroll data and where employee, payroll and/or rostering

data has been missing or incomplete, assumptions have been made by the reviewing team in relation to known gaps. The

estimate also relies upon the correct interpretation of the applicable EAs and Modern Awards in calculating the shortfalls, and for

redundancy payments whether an employee should be considered casual or permanent.

Changes to any of the variables (including the reviewing period and numbers of employees affected), assumptions (including the

roles that employees were originally hired to perform in the case of redundancy payment) or inputs have the potential to result

in further adjustments to the calculation of the shortfall, which would result in further provisioning being required in subsequent

reporting periods.

The Group is committed to ensuring its people are paid in accordance with their legal entitlements and will keep the dedicated

reviewing team in place until it is satisfied that the above matters have been addressed.

94 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

D2. Defined benefit plan

The Group participates in the Equipsuper Defined Benefit Scheme

which provides participants (< 100 employees) with a lump sum

benefit on retirement, death, disablement or withdrawal. The

scheme operates under the Superannuation Industry legislation,

and is governed by The Scheme Trustees, in compliance with

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority framework. The scheme

is closed to new employees.

As at 30 June 2020, the fair value of plan assets (comprising

Investment Funds) was $53.0 million. The plan obligation balance

was $58.4 million. The net liability of $5.4 million is included

in Employee benefits provisions (Refer to Note D1). These

balances were subject to an independent actuarial review as

at 30 June 2020.

As part of a five-year contract with AusNet Services to provide

operational and maintenance services on the electricity distribution

network in Victoria, the Group recognised $51.1 million of assets

and equal obligations with onboarding of new employees from a

pre-existing plan, $7.0 million of service costs expensed to profit or

loss, $0.7 million of actuarial gain on the obligation, and the Group

contributions of $0.9 million.

Key actuarial assumptions used in determining the values were

a discount rate of 2.6% and an expected salary increase rate of

3.0%. Sensitivity analysis shows a 0.5 percentage point reduction

in the discount rate would increase the obligation by 5.1% and a

0.5 percentage point increase in the expected salary increase rate

would increase the obligation by 4.5%.

Key estimate and judgement: Valuation

of the defined benefit plan assets

and obligations

There are a number of estimates and assumptions

used in determining the defined benefit plan assets,

obligations and expenses. These include salary increases,

future earnings, and the returns on fund investments.

Any difference in these assumptions or estimates will

be recognised in other comprehensive income and not

through the income statement. The net of the plan assets

and obligations recognised in the statement of financial

position will be affected by any movement in the returns on

the investment or the rate of interest.

D3. Key management personnel compensation

2020

$

2019

$

Short-term employee benefits7,914,786  12,804,694

Post-employment benefits244,055  1,298,516

Share-based payments1,878,243  2,415,989

To t a l10,037,084  16,519,199

Recognition and measurement

Equity-settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair

value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is

recognised in profit or loss and credited to equity over the

vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises

its estimates of the number of rights that are expected to

vest for service and non-market performance conditions.

The expense recognised each year takes into account the most

recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using

an option pricing model and takes into account any market

related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions

are not considered when determining value; however they are

included in assumptions about the number of rights that are

expected to vest.

Cash-settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled

share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during

which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the

payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and

at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in

the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D4. Employee Discount Share Plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan

during the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019.

Annual Report 2020 95
E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect

the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure

and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in

opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Lease liabilities

E4. Commitments

E5. Issued capital

E6. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

E7. Reserves

E8. Dividends

E1. Borrowings

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Current

Secured:

–Lease liabilities

(i)

– 2.8 

Unsecured:

–Bank loans5.4 6.1 

–USD private placement notes – 10.0 

–Deferred finance charges(4.0)(4 . 3)

1.4 11.8 

Total current borrowings1.4 14.6 

Non-current

Secured:

–Lease liabilities

(i)

– 7.4 

Unsecured:

–Bank loans 982.2 833.4 

–USD private placement notes145.7 142.6 

–AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0 

–AUD medium term notes762.8 550.0 

–JPY medium term notes135.3 132.4 

–Deferred finance charges(6.1)(6.9)

2,049.9 1,681.5 

Total non-current borrowings2,049.9 1,688.9 

Total borrowings2,051.3 1,703.5 

Fair value of total borrowings

(ii)

2,230.4 1,798.4 

(i) Upon adoption of AASB 16 Leases, the 30 June 2019 lease liabilities that were

disclosed as part of borrowings in the comparative figures above have been

presented as part of the lease liability balances in Note E3.

(ii) Excludes finance lease and hire purchase liabilities.

Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction

costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are

discounted using current market base interest rates and

adjusted for current market credit default swap spreads for

industrial companies with a BBB credit rating.

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that

were unutilised:

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Syndicated loan facilities960.0 770.0 

Bilateral loan facilities310.0 297.0 

Total unutilised loan facilities1,270.0 1,067.0 

Syndicated bank

guarantee facilities102.5 314.9 

Bilateral bank guarantees and

insurance bonding facilities492.5 505.0 

Total unutilised

bonding facilities595.0 819.9 

96 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Summary of borrowing arrangements

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral loan facilities:

The Group has a total of $477.4 million in bilateral loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities with maturities in

financial years 2021, 2022 and 2023.

Syndicated loan facilities:

The Group has $1,780.2 million of syndicated bank loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities and comprised of

Australian Dollar and New Zealand Dollar tranches with maturities

in financial year 2022, 2023 and 2024.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of US$100.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

The USD denominated principal and interest amounts have been

fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

–$250.0 million maturing March 2022

–$500.0 million maturing April 2026

–JPY 10.0 billion maturing May 2033.

The carrying value of the AUD MTN maturing April 2026

includes a premium of $12.8 million over face value owing to

the differential between the coupon rate for that instrument

and the prevailing market interest rate at the date of issue.

The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through a

cross-currency interest rate swap.

The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported by

guarantees from certain Group subsidiaries.

The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowing arrangements by financial year is represented in the below table by facility limit:

Maturing in the period ($’m)

Bilateral

Loan

Facilities

Syndicated

Loan

Facilities

USD Private

Placement

Notes

AUD Private

Placement

Notes

Medium

Te r m N o t e sTo t a l

1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021 5.4 – – – – 5.4

1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 145.0 200.0 – – 250.0 595.0

1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023 327.0 1,120.2 – – – 1 , 447. 2

1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024 – 460.0 – – – 460.0

1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026 – – 145.7 30.0 500.0 675.7

1 July 2032 to 30 June 2033 – – – – 135.3 135.3

To t a l 477. 4 1,780.2 145.7 30.0 885.3 3,318.6 

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings

to comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group

guarantors of these facilities collectively meet certain minimum

threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group Total Tangible

Assets (for Downer) and Group EBITDA and Group Total Assets

(for Spotless).

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are

Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken monthly and reported

at the Downer and Spotless Board meetings. Reporting of

financial covenants to financiers occurs semi-annually for the

rolling 12-month periods to 30 June and 31 December. Both

Downer Group and Spotless were in compliance with all their

financial covenants as at 30 June 2020.

Bank guarantees and insurance bonds

The Group has $2,034.8 million of bank guarantee and insurance

bond facilities to support its contracting activities. $1,125.5 million

of these facilities are provided to the Group on a committed

basis and $909.3 million on an uncommitted basis.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and

insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

$1,439.8 million (refer to Note C10) of these facilities were

utilised as at 30 June 2020 with $595.0 million unutilised. These

facilities have varying maturity dates between financial years

2021, 2022 and 2023.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed

facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan

facilities) which can at the election of the Group be utilised to

provide additional bank guarantees capacity.

Annual Report 2020 97
E2. Financing facilities – continued

Refinancing requirements

The Group will negotiate with existing and, where required, with

new financiers to extend the maturity date or refinance facilities

maturing within the next 12 months. The Group’s financial

metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in financial

markets and other factors may influence the outcome of these

negotiations. As at 30 June 2020, the Group has no significant

financings maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2021.

Refer to Note G2(f) for liquidity risk management including the

Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Credit ratings

The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB

(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is

lowered or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers

may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,

banks and other lending institutions may demand more stringent

terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower

facility limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the weaker

credit risk profile.

E3. Lease liabilities

Contractual undiscounted cash flows

2020

$’m

Less than one year193.1 

One to five years402.2

More than five years292.5 

Total undiscounted lease liabilities887. 8 

Current168.9 

Non-current594.3 

Total lease liabilities763.2 

Included in the lease liabilities is $2.8 million of current and

$7.4 million of non-current lease liabilities that had previously

been disclosed as part of Secured Borrowings at 30 June 2019

(refer to Note E1).

Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of

future lease payments that are not paid at the commencement

date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or if

this rate cannot be readily determined the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease

liability comprise:

–Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments),

less any lease incentives receivable

–Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate

–The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is

reasonably certain to exercise that option

–The amount expected to be payable under a residual

value guarantee

–Payments of penalties for termination of the lease, if the

lease term reflects the lessee exercising an option to

terminate the lease.

Variable lease payments not included in the initial measurement

of the lease liability are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the

carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using

the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying

amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a

corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use

asset) whenever:

–The lease term has changed or there is a significant event

or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case

the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised

lease payments using a revised discount rate

–The lease payments change due to changes in an index or

rate or a change in the amount expected to be payable under

a residual value guarantee

–A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is

not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the

lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the

modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments

using a revised discount rate at the effective date of

the modification.

The expense charged to profit or loss for low value and

short-term leases (excluded from lease liabilities) is analysed as:

2020

$’m

Lease expenses

Land and buildings2.4 

Plant and equipment36.5 

Total lease expenses38.9 

Where the Group is a lessor:

The accounting policies applicable to the Group as a lessor are

unchanged from those under AASB 117, and as such the Group is

not required to make any adjustments on transition to AASB 16

for leases in which it acts as lessor. However, the Group has

applied AASB 15 Revenue from contracts with customers to

allocate consideration in the contract to each lease and non-

lease component. Revenue from lease components has been

classified within Other Revenue (refer to Note B2).

98 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

E3. Lease liabilities – continued

Key estimate and judgement: Lease liabilities

(i) Extension option

In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an

extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included

in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

(ii) Incremental borrowing rate

In determining the present value of the future lease payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using an incremental

borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the financing characteristics and duration of the underlying lease. Once a discount rate has

been set for a leased asset (or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), this rate will remain unchanged for the term of that

lease. When a lease modification occurs, and it is not accounted for as a separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the

new characteristics of the lease.

E4. Commitments

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

Within one year72.1 103.5 

Between one and five years15.5 24.3 

Greater than five years0.4 1.3 

To t a l88.0 129.1 

Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.

Within one year24.3 27. 8 

Between one and five years35.2 55.5 

Greater than five years3.7 5.9 

To t a l63.2 89.2 

Annual Report 2020 99
E5. Issued capital

Jun 2020Jun 2019

No.$’mNo.$’m

Ordinary shares594,702,512 2,263.1 594,702,512 2,263.1 

Unvested executive incentive shares2,231,632 (12.0)3,385,446 (16.6)

Distributing Securities (ROADS) 200,000,000 178.6 200,000,000 178.6 

To t a l2,429.7 2,425.1 

(a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20202019

m’s$’mm’s$’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.7 2,263.1 

Balance at the end of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.7 2,263.1 

(b) Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year3.4 (16.6)4.2 (19.8)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(i)

(1.2)4.6 (0.8)3.2 

Balance at the end of the financial year2.2 (12.0)3.4 (16.6)

(i) June 2020 figures relate to the 2016 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2017 STI award and first deferred component of the 2018 STI award totalling 1,153,814

vested shares for a value of $4,608,778.

June 2019 figures relate to the 2015 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2016 STI award and first deferred component of the 2017 STI award totalling 821,912 vested

shares for a value of $3,166,042.

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under the

Long-Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the

performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have

been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the

market for employee equity plans.

100 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

E5. Issued capital – continued

20202019

m’s$’mm’s$’m

(c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities

(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6 

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares,

the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2020 is 4.32% per annum (2019: 5.49% per annum) which is equivalent to the

one-year swap rate on 15 June 2020 of 0.27% per annum plus the step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights

During the financial year nil performance rights (Jun 2019: 1,044,363) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior

executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained in the

Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the

vested shares is transferred from issued capital to the employee benefits reserve.

E6. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

The following table summarises the NCI in relation to the Group’s subsidiaries:

Jun 2020Jun 2019

Spotless

(ii)

$’m

Other

$’m

To t a l

$’m

Spotless

(i)

$’m

Other

$’m

To t a l

$’m

Current assets563.9 18.4 582.3 566.6 22.3 588.9 

Non-current assets

(i)

2 , 407. 3 0.3 2 , 407.62,290.7 1.2 2,291.9 

Current liabilities

(i)

(738.3)(1.4)(739.7)(627. 3)( 7.0)(634.3)

Non-current liabilities(1 ,087. 4)(0.1)(1 ,087.5)(1,004.5)(0.1)(1,004.6)

Net assets 1,145.5 17. 2 1,162.7 1,225.5 16.4 1, 241. 9

NCI percentage12.198%26.0%12.198%26.0%

Net assets attributable to NCI 139.7 4.5 144.2 149.5 4.3 153.8

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer to Note D1).

(ii) Consistent with Group policy the goodwill impairment loss has been recognised on consolidation and does not impact the NCI.

Annual Report 2020 101
E7. Reserves

2020

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Fair value

through OCI

reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2019(24.0)(16.7)15.8 (2.6)(27.5)

Foreign currency translation difference – (13.9) –  – (13.9)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(5.4) –  –  – (5.4)

Actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations –  – 0.7  – 0.7 

Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit

plan obligations –  – (0.2) – (0.2)

Total comprehensive income for the year(5.4)(13.9)0.5  – (18.8)

Vested executive incentive share transactions –  – (4.6) – (4.6)

Share-based employee benefits expense –  – 4.8  – 4.8 

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year –  – (1.6) – (1.6)

Balance at 30 June 2020(29.4)(30.6)14.9 (2.6)(47.7)

2019

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Fair value

through OCI

reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2018(13.0)(26.8)15.5 (2.6)(26.9)

Foreign currency translation difference – 10.1  –  – 10.1 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(11.0) –  –  – (11.0)

Total comprehensive income for the year(11.0)10.1  –  – (0.9)

Vested executive incentive share transactions –  – (3.2) – (3.2)

Share-based employee benefits expense –  – 4.0  – 4.0 

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year –  – (0.5) – (0.5)

Balance at 30 June 2019(24.0)(16.7)15.8 (2.6)(27. 5)

Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements

of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefit reserve

The employee benefit reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting

period, and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period. This reserve also includes the

actuarial gains or losses arising on the defined benefit plan (Refer to Note D2).

Fair value through OCI reserve

The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity investments designated as FVOCI.

Until the assets are derecognised or reclassified, this amount is reduced by the amount of loss allowance.

102 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

E8. Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares

2020

Final

2020

Interim

2019

Final

2019

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents) – 14.0 14.014.0 

Franking percentage – 0%50%50%

Cost (in $’m) –  83.3 83.3 83.3

Dividend record date – 26/2/204/9/1921/2/19

Payment date – 25/9/202/10/1921/3/19

Recognition and measurement

A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the

entity, before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.

There will be no final dividend declared/paid for the year ended 30 June 2020. Downer has deferred the unfranked interim dividend

which was originally due to be paid on 25 March 2020. This will now be paid on 25 September 2020 and has been recorded as dividend

payable in Note C4.

(b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2020Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.92 0.95 0.96 0.92 3.75 

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.8 1.9 1.9 1.8 7. 4 

Payment date16/9/1916/12/1916/3/2015/6/20

2019Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.01 1.05 1.06 1.06 4.18 

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$'m)2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 8.3 

Payment date17/9/1817/12/1815/3/1917/6/19

(c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2020 is nil (2019: nil).

Annual Report 2020 103
F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has interests

in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business acquisitions

and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party

transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

F2. Acquisition of businesses

F3. Controlled entities

F4. Related party information

F5. Parent entity disclosures


F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associates

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year31.5 21.2 

Share of net profit18.2 17.1 

Share of distributions(17. 2)(15.6)

Interest in joint venture acquired – 8.5 

Foreign currency exchange differences(0.4)0.3 

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year32.1 31.5 

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year77. 3 74.8 

Share of net profit1.2 13.3 

Share of distributions – (6.8)

Acquisition of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd – (4 .0)

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year78.5 7 7. 3 

Interest in joint ventures and associates110.6 108.8 

104 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2020

%

2019

%

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plantNew Zealand50 50 

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureConstruction of bitumen storage facilityAustralia50 50 

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importerAustralia50 50 

Bama Civil Pty Ltd & Downer EDI

Works Pty Ltd

(i)

Civil Infrastructure design and/or

construction activities Australia50  – 

Eden Park Catering LimitedCatering for functions at Eden ParkNew Zealand50 50 

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty LtdSale and maintenance of railway rolling stockAustralia50 50

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plantNew Zealand50 50 

Isaac Asphalt Limited Manufacture and supply of asphaltNew Zealand50

 

50 

Repurpose It Holdings Pty LtdWaste recyclingAustralia50

 

50

RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty Ltd Contract mining; civil works and plant hireAustralia44 44 

Waanyi Downer JV Pty Ltd Contract mining servicesAustralia5050 

ZFS Functions (Pty) LtdCatering for functions at Federation SquareAustralia5050

Associates

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast light rail,

Melbourne tram network and bus operationAustralia49

 

49 

(i) Joint venture entered into during the year ended 30 June 2020.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting

date of 30 June.

The Group’s share of aggregate financial information from joint ventures and associates is presented below.

The Group does not disclose the details of the individual joint ventures and associates on the basis these are individually immaterial.

The Group’s share of the carrying amounts:

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Current assets229.1209.2 

Non-current assets149.0153.5 

Current liabilities(144.7)(115.0)

Non-current liabilities(132.7)(146.9)

Net assets100.7100.8

Goodwill7.07.0

Adjustment to align accounting policies 2.9 1.0

Carrying amount110.6108.8

Profit for the year 19.4 30.4

Total comprehensive income19.4 30.4 

Annual Report 2020 105
F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity

method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to

exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted

for using the equity method of accounting. The investment

in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes

in the Group’s share of the associates’ net assets, less any

impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation

Joint operations

Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets

and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising

the share of those assets and liabilities.

(b) Interest in joint operations

The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2020

%

2019

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia50 50 

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand50 50 

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand50 50 

Concrete Paving Recycling Pty LtdRoad maintenanceAustralia49 49 

Confluence Water JV

(iii)

Sydney Water servicesAustralia43  – 

CPB Downer Joint VentureParramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia50 50 

CRL Construction Joint VentureConstruction of the City Rail Link Alliance Project New Zealand30

 

30 

Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia50 50 

Downer-Carey Mining JV

(ii)

Management of run of mine and ore

rehandling services

Australia46 46 

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(i)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia90 90 

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia50 50 

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Memorial Park Alliance)

Design and build of the New Zealand National

War Memorial Park

New Zealand50 50 

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Mt Messenger Project)

Design and build of the Mt Messenger ProjectNew Zealand50 50 

Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV

(Americas Cup Project)

Design and build on Americas Cup ProjectNew Zealand50 50 

Downer Seymour Whyte JV Road constructionAustralia50 50 

Downer York Joint VentureTramline extensionAustralia5050 

Downtown Infrastructure

Development Project JV

Downtown infrastructure development programNew Zealand33 33 

Gumala Downer Joint Venture Contract mining servicesAustralia50 50 

Hatch Downer JVDesign and construction of solvent extraction plantAustralia50 50 

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia50 50 

John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities

Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia50 50 

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand50

 

50 

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50 

Macdow Downer Joint

Venture (Russley Road)

Road constructionNew Zealand50 50 

NEWest Alliance

(iii)

Construction activities as part of Perth’s

METRONET programAustralia50 –

106 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2020

%

2019

%

North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure

Economic Recovery Alliance “NCTIER” JV

Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand25 25 

Safety Focused Performance JVWater and sewerage capital worksAustralia45 45 

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia50 50 

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia50 50 

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia50 50 

Waanyi ReGen JVRehab contract servicesAustralia50 50 

WDJV Unit TrustContract mining servicesAustralia50 50 

Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand50 50 

(i) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of this joint operation.

(ii) Joint operation is currently undergoing liquidation / de-registration.

(iii) Joint operation entered into during the year ended 30 June 2020.

F2. Acquisition of businesses

Cash outflow in relation to acquisitions

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Gross purchase consideration – 100.7 

Deferred consideration paid

(i)

29.815.6 

Less: Net cash acquired – (35.9)

Less: Deferred and contingent consideration – (17.4)

Total cash consideration29.8 63.0 

(i) The deferred consideration paid relates to acquisitions made prior to 1 July 2019.

2020 acquisitions

There were no new acquisitions during the year.

2019 acquisitions

MHPS Plant Services

On 30 August 2018, the Group acquired the remaining 73.33% of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd (“MHPS”) for consideration

of $5.6 million.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year, with

no material changes.

Rock N Road

On 3 October 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the shares of Rock N Road Bitumen Pty Ltd (“RNR”) for total consideration of

$17.9 million. RNR is a road surfacing business based in Mackay and operates in the central and northern regions of Queensland.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year, with

no material changes.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

(b) Interest in joint operations – continued

Annual Report 2020 107
F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

2019 acquisitions – continued

KHSA Limited

On 21 December 2018, the Group executed a Share Sale Deed to acquire 100% of the shares in the DM Roads Joint Venture partner

KHSA Limited (“KHSA”) for consideration of $43.7 million, including cash of $19.5 million.

As KHSA Limited has a 50% interest in the Downer Mouchel Roads Joint Venture (alongside Downer’s existing 50% interest),

Downer Mouchel Roads Joint Venture became 100% controlled. On acquisition of the remaining 50% interest, the initial investment

was re-measured to fair value in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and compared to the existing carrying value. As

a result, $17.0 million fair value gain on re-measurement was reported as other income in the statement of profit or loss in the year

ended 30 June 2019.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year.

Boleh Consulting

On 7 December 2018, the Group acquired the net assets of Boleh Consulting (“Boleh”) for total consideration of $1.4 million.

The business provides a range of engineering services to the railway industry that include design of train control and signalling

systems, systems engineering, systems assurance and project management.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year, with no

material changes.

Envar Group

On 28 February 2019, The Group acquired 100% of the shares of Envar Group (“Envar”) through Spotless for a total consideration

of $24.9 million. The primary purpose of this acquisition is to continue to build a market leading integrated mechanical and

electrical business.

The acquisition accounting for Envar has been finalised with an additional $3.0 million of goodwill being recognised.

The Roading Company Limited

On 1 May 2019, the Group acquired the net assets of The Roading Company Limited for a total consideration of $5.4 million.

The Roading Company is a roading and civil construction business based in New Zealand.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year, with no

material changes.

FH Lismore

On 22 March 2019, the Group acquired the net assets of Fulton Hogan’s surfacing business in Lismore, New South Wales for a total

consideration of $1.8 million. The assets provide Downer access to the surfacing market in and around Lismore to enhance the road

maintenance capabilities in the area.

The acquisition was provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2019 and has now been finalised in the current year, with no

material changes.

108 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

Measurement of fair values

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets / liabilities acquired were as follows:

Asset / liability acquiredValuation technique

Trade receivables and contract assetsCost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and equipmentMarket comparison technique and cost technique – the valuation model considers

quoted market prices for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost

when appropriate.

Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method – considers the present value of net cash flows

expected to be generated by the customer contracts and relationships, intellectual

property and brand names, excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets. For

the valuation of certain brand names, discounted cash flow under the relief from royalty

valuation methodology has been utilised.

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable economic outflow of resources when the

obligation arises.

Goodwill from acquisitions

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisitions represents

future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the

acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at

fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in

profit or loss.

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s

previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured

to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the

Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is

recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the

acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been

recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to

profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that

interest were disposed of or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of

contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement

period adjustments depends on how the contingent

consideration is classified.

Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not

remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent

settlement is accounted for within equity.

Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or

liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the

corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to

recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either

at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the

acquired entity’s net identifiable assets/(liabilities).

Key estimate and judgement:

Accounting for acquisition of businesses

Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires

judgement and estimates in determining the fair value of

acquired assets and liabilities. The relevant accounting

standard allows the fair value of assets acquired to be

refined in a window of a year after the acquisition date

and judgement is required to ensure that the adjustments

made reflect new information obtained about facts and

circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The adjustments made to the fair value of assets are

retrospective in nature and have an impact on goodwill

recognised on acquisition.

Annual Report 2020 109
F3. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

AGIS Group Pty Ltd

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

(iv)

DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd

DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd

DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd

DM Road Services Pty Ltd

Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Networks Pty Ltd

(iv)

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Limited

Downer Utilities Projects Pty Ltd

(iv)

Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd

(iii)

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Emoleum Services Pty Limited

(iv)

Envista Pty Limited

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd

QCC Resources Pty Ltd

Australia (continued)

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

(iii)

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.

Roche Services Pty Ltd

Rock N Road Bitumen Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty Ltd

RPQ North Coast Pty Ltd

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty Ltd

RPQ Spray Seal Pty Ltd

SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd

(iv)

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Trico Asphalt Pty Ltd

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Ltd

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Ltd

Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities PNG Limited

(iii)

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins 2017 Limited

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Limited

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

The Roading Company Limited

Underground Locators Limited

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Africa

Downer EDI Mining Ghana Ltd

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

(ii)


Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd

110 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Asia

Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

Americas

DBS Chile SpA

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

Otraco Chile SA

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

(iv)

United Kingdom

KHSA Limited

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited

Spotless

(v)

AE Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son Proprietary Ltd

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Pty Ltd

Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd

Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd

Airparts Fabrications Units Trust

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

(vi)

Aladdins Holdings Pty Limited

(vi)


Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

(vi)


Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

(vi)


Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vi)


Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

(vi)

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

(vi)


Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Bonnyrigg Management Pty Limited

(vi)

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

(vi)


Cleanevent Australia Pty Ltd

(vi)


Cleanevent Holdings Pty Limited

(vi)

Cleanevent International Pty Limited

(vi)


Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC

(iii)

Spotless

(v)

(continued)

Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd

(vi)


Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

Envar Installation Pty Ltd

Envar Service Pty Ltd

Envar Holdings Pty Ltd

Envar Engineers & Contractors Pty Ltd

Ensign Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vi)


Errolon Pty Ltd

(vi)


Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

(vi)


International Linen Service Pty Ltd

(vi)


Monteon Pty Ltd

(vi)


National Community Enterprises

(iii)

Nationwide Venue Management Pty Ltd

(vi)


NG-Serv Pty Ltd

(vi)

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd

(vi)

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Limited

(vi)


Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Limited

(vi)


Riley Shelley Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Skilltech Consulting Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd

(vi)


Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Financing Pty Limited

(vi)


Spotless Group Limited

(vi)


Spotless Group Holdings Limited

(vi)


Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

(vi)

Spotless Services Australia Limited

(vi)


Spotless Services International Pty Ltd

(vi)


Spotless Services Limited

(vi)


Spotless Treasury Pty Limited

(vi)

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

(vi)


SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

(vi)


Taylors Laundries Limited

Taylors Two Seven Pty Ltd

(vi)


Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

(vi)


UAM Pty Ltd

(vi)


Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

(vi)


Utility Services Group Limited

(vi)


(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) 74% ownership interest.

(iii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.

(iv) Entity dissolved/de-registered/liquidated during the financial year ended

30 June 2020.

(v) The ownership interest in Spotless is 87.8% as at 30 June 2020.

(vi) These Spotless controlled entities all form part of the tax consolidated group of

which Spotless Group Holdings Limited is the head entity.

Annual Report 2020 111
F4. Related party information

(a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled

entities by the parent entity are included within total assets and

liabilities balances as disclosed in Note F5.

Other transactions which occurred during the financial year

between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as

between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

(b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled

entities are disclosed in Note F3.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and

associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities

are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities of a number of

these entities are conducted under joint venture arrangements.

Associated entities conduct business transactions with various

controlled entities. Such transactions include purchases and

sales, dividends and interest. All such transactions are conducted

on the basis of normal arm’s length commercial terms.

(c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

F5. Parent entity disclosures

(a) Financial position

Company

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Assets

Current assets46.5 58.3 

Non-current assets2,343.9 2 ,427. 8 

Total assets2,390.4 2,486.1 

Liabilities

Current liabilities111.8 40.2 

Non-current liabilities4.1 61.2 

Total liabilities115.9 101.4 

Net assets2 , 274.5 2,384.7 

Equity

Issued capital2,251.1 2,246.5 

Retained earnings9.0 122.4 

Reserves

Employee benefits reserve14.415.8 

Total equity2 , 274.52,384.7 

(b) Financial performance

Profit for the year53.2 131.8 

Total comprehensive income53.2 131.8 

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in

relation to debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered

into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during

the financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June

2020 (2019: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C10.

The parent entity does not have any commitments for

acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June

2020 (2019: nil).

112 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards

and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides

information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure to

changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

G1. New accounting standards

(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted

by the Group

During the year, the Group has applied a number of new

and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily

effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 July

2019, as follows:

–AASB 16 Leases

–AASB 2017-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments

–AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian

Accounting Standards – Prepayment Features with

Negative Compensation

–AASB 2017-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Long Term Interest in Associates and

Joint Ventures

–AASB 2018-1 Annual Improvements 2015-2017 Cycle

–AASB 2018-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

–Interpretation 23 Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments

Changes in significant accounting policies

The impact of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases (AASB16) which

resulted in a change in accounting policies is discussed in detail

below. The other amendments listed above did not have an

impact on the amounts recognised in the current or prior periods

and are not expected to significantly impact future periods.

AASB 16 – Leases

The Group has adopted AASB 16 using the “modified

retrospective approach” from 1 July 2019 and therefore the

comparative information has not been restated as permitted

under the specific transition provisions in the standard.

Upon transition to AASB 16, the Group recognised right-of-use

assets of $570.6 million and lease liabilities of $727.8 million

as at 1 July 2019. The subsequent movements in the

right-of-use assets as reflected in Note C6 includes

$151.8 million depreciation charges for the year. The resulting

lease liabilities (Refer to Note E3) gave rise to finance costs of

$26.4 million for the year.

For the impact of AASB 16 on segment assets and segment

liabilities refer to Note B1.

Annual Report 2020 113
G1. New accounting standards – continued

(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group – continued

The table below presents the impact of the adoption on the balance sheet as at 1 July 2019:

Restated

30 June 2019

(i)

$’m

AASB 16

Transition

Adjustments

$’m

Opening

Balance

1 July 2019

$’m

Property, plant and equipment1,373.3 (9.0)1,364.3 

Right-of-use assets – 570.6 570.6 

Borrowings(1,703.5)10.2 (1,693.3)

Lease liabilities (current and non-current) – ( 727. 8)( 727. 8)

Other provisions(191.5)37.1 (154.4)

Trade payables and contract liabilities(2,456.8)24.0 (2,432.8)

Deferred tax balances(36.7)28.9 ( 7. 8)

Non-controlling interest(153.8)3.2 (150.6)

Retained earnings(4 8 1 . 4)62.8 (418.6)

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations (Refer to Note D1).

The total adjustment to equity upon transition to AASB 16 was $66.0 million including non-controlling interests.

AASB 16 replaces previous lease accounting guidance and contains significant changes to the accounting treatment applied to leases.

It requires a single accounting model to be applied to all types of leases, with the primary change being a requirement for lessees to

recognise assets and liabilities for all leases, with the exception of short-term leases (with a duration of less than 12 months) and leases

of low-value assets.

At transition, for leases previously classified as operating leases under the superseded standard (AASB 117), lease liabilities were

measured and recognised at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate

as at 1 July 2019.

In applying AASB 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

–Applying a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

–Relying on previous assessments of whether leases are onerous as an alternative to performing an impairment review

–Accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 July 2019 as short-term leases

–Excluding initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application

–Using hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The reconciliation between the operating lease commitments presented in the 30 June 2019 financial statements and the lease liability

recognised as at 1 July 2019 is as follows:

1 July 2019

$’m

Disclosed operating lease commitments at 30 June 2019795.6

Lease commitments for which lease liability arises after 1 July 2019(42.1)

Recognition exemption for:

Short-term leases(11.1)

Low value leases(5.5)

Recognition of leases embedded in customer contracts0.7 

Extension options reasonably certain to be exercised119.0 

Discounting using the incremental borrowing rate at 1 July 2019(139.0)

Lease liabilities already recognised at 30 June 201910.2 

Lease liabilities recognised at 1 July 2019727. 8 

114 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G1. New accounting standards – continued

(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted

by the Group – continued

On adoption of AASB 16, the Group:

–Recognised Lease liabilities measured at the present

value of future minimum lease payments, discounted

using the incremental borrowing rate. The weighted

average rate was 3.5%

–Recognised the associated right-of-use assets at the

carrying amounts as if AASB 16 had always been applied,

discounted using the incremental borrowing rates at the date

of initial application

–Ensured that payments made before the commencement

date and incentives received from the lessor are included in

the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset

–Recognised depreciation on right-of-use assets and interest

on lease liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or

Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

–Recognised the principal portion of the lease payment as

a financing cash flow and the interest portion of the lease

payment as an operating cash flow in the Consolidated

Statement of Cash Flows.

Impact of new definition of a lease

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at

the inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-

use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all

lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-

term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months

or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the

Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense

on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another

systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in

which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract

is or contains a lease at the date of initial application of AASB 16.

Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date,

the Group relied on its assessment made applying AASB 117

and Interpretation 4 Determining whether an Arrangement

Contains a Lease.

(b) Other new accounting standards that were adopted

During the year, the Group has also chosen to adopt

AASB 2020-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards

– Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions. The main impact of this

amendment is that it exempts lessees from the need to account

for COVID-19 related rent concessions as a lease modification.

As such, lease concessions are treated as a remeasurement

to the lease liability, with a corresponding adjustment to

the right-of-use assets provided other terms of the lease

agreement are materially unchanged.

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations

not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

The following new or amended standards are not expected

to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements:

–Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework

in IFRS Standards

–Definition of Business (Amendments to AASB 3)

–Definition of Material (Amendments to AASB 101

and AASB 8).

Annual Report 2020 115
G2. Capital and financial risk management

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the amount of

dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all its

financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate capital structure to optimise

its cost of capital and maintain an investment grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access to funding.

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign exchange,

interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty credit risk.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures including:

– Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign income and debt

service obligations

–Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency

denominated borrowings

–Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk

–Commodity forward contracts to manage commodity price movements in contracts.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, when there

is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset

and settle the liability simultaneously. No material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the Consolidated Statement of

Financial Position.

(c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations

arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange contracts and

cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s unhedged foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at the reporting

date are as follows:

Financial assets

(i)

Financial liabilities

(i)

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

US dollar (USD)2.7  10.1 1.2 5.5

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in Australian dollar equivalent.

116 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises, by currency pairs, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts

outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

20202019

2020

FC’m

2019

FC’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.6552 0.6955 52.3 5.2 79.9 7. 5 (3.7)(0.1)

3 to 6 months0.6670 0.7142 29.2 1.3 43.9 1.8 (1.3) – 

Later than 6 months0.6403 0.7101 10.5 0.9 16.4 1.3 (1.1) – 

92.0 7.4 140.2 10.6 (6.1)(0.1)

Sell USD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.69490.698533.9 12.1 48.8 17. 3 (0.5)0.1 

3 to 6 months0.68460.707334.1 0.8 50.0 1.1 0.3  –  

Later than 6 months0.68140.71944.8 37.1 7.0 51.6  –  (0.9)

72.8 50.0 105.8 70.0 (0.2)(0.8)

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.59600.62103.7 0.3 6.2 0.5 (0.1) – 

3 to 6 months0.60600.61477.1 3.0 11.6 4.9  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.59020.61885.2 3.4 8.8 5.5 (0.2)0.1 

16.0 6.7 26.6 10.9 (0.3)0.1 

Sell EUR / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.5987 – 0.2  – 0.4  –  –  – 

3 to 6 months0.5973 – 0.6  – 1.1  –  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.6081 – 1.6  – 2.6  –  –  – 

2.4  – 4.1  –  –  – 

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months73.467 7.68770.8 1,648.3 10.5 21.2  – 0.6 

3 to 6 months73.757 7. 8 846.9 255.9 0.6 3.3  – 0.1 

Later than 6 months68.9276.9564.5 215.2 0.9 2.8 (0.1)0.1 

882.2 2,119.4 12.0 27. 3 (0.1)0.8 

Sell JPY / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months70.9676.4031.9 289.5 0.4 3.8  –  – 

Later than 6 months73.32 – 98.8  – 1.3  – –  –

76.40 130.7 289.5 1.7 3.8  –  – 

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.06591.0493 112.0 18.0 105.1 17. 2 (0.4)0.1 

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.48120.55320.2 1.2 0.4 2.2 (0.1) – 

3 to 6 months0.5367 – 0.5  – 0.9  –  –  – 

Later than 6 months0.5511 – 0.4  – 0.7  –  –  – 

1.1 1.2 2.0 2.2 (0.1) – 

Buy CAD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.9182 –  3.7  –  4.0  –  (0.1) –  

Sell CAD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.9052 – 5.1  – 5.7  – 0.2  – 

3 to 6 months0.9093 – 5.1  – 5.6  – 0.2  – 

– 10.2  –  11.3  –  0.4  –  

Buy EUR / Sell NZD

Less than 3 months0.5717 –  0.5  –  0.9  –   –  –  

Buy ZAR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months11.83 –  24.3  –  2.1  –   –  –  

Buy CNY / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months – 4.9383  – 6.0  – 1.2  –  –  

To t a l(6.9)0.1 

Annual Report 2020 117
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk of

adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate

(including credit

margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2020

%

2019

%20202019

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year – 7. 8  – 0.7168  – 9.8  – 0.2 

1 to 5 years –  –  –  –  –  –  –  – 

5 years or more5.9 5.9 0.7739  0.7739 129.2 129.2 13.2 2.5 

129.2 139.0 13.2 2.7 

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 (12.4)(6.3)

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the movement in United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY), New Zealand dollar

(NZD) and Canadian dollar (CAD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The

percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. forward

exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency

denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign exchange rates.

118 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis – continued

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in

profit and equity.

Profit / (loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

USD impact

– 15% rate change0.3 0.8 6.0(10.4)

+ 15% rate change(0.2)(0.6)(4.5)7.7 

EUR impact

– 15% rate change –  – 4.4 (1.6)

+ 15% rate change –  – (3.3)1.6 

JPY impact

– 15% rate change –  – 1.9 4.3 

+ 15% rate change –  – (1.4)(3.2)

NZD impact

– 15% rate change –  – 18.5 3.0 

+ 15% rate change –  – (13.7)(2.2)

CAD impact

– 15% rate change –  – (1.2) – 

+ 15% rate change –  – 0.9  – 

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of unhedged foreign currency denominated financial asset and liabilities.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Annual Report 2020 119
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed by

a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and

hedging is undertaken through cross-currency interest rate swaps, interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term fixed rate

debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability / (asset)

2020

%

2019

%

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank loans1.3 2.8 333.7 288.0 

Cash and cash equivalents0.8 1.1 (588.5)(710.7)

Total cash flow exposure(254.8)(42 2 .7 )

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

2.6 3.6 662.3 556.4 

USD private placement notes

(i)

5.9 6.0 132.5 149.9 

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0 

Medium term notes

(i)

3.9 4.3 910.4 688.7 

Finance lease and hire purchase –  5.5  – 10.2 

Total fair value exposure1,735.2 1,435.2 

(i) The values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes and JPY

medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a

floating rate basis.

Interest rate swap contracts

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under these

contracts, the Group commits to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on notional

principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to fixed swap

contracts

Weighted average

interest rateNotional principal amountFair value

2020

%

2019

%

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

2020

$’m

2019

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year1.2 2.1 150.0 450.0 (0.2)(2 .4)

1 to 2 years1.2 1.2 270.0 150.0 (3.7)(0. 2)

2 to 3 years1.3 1.2 135.0 270.0 (2.9)(0.9)

3 years or more – 1.3  – 135.0  – (0.7)

555.0 1,005.0 (6.8)(4 . 2)

NZD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year – 2.2  – 100.0  – (0.3)

1 to 2 years1.5  – 100.0  – (1.7) – 

2 to 3 years – 1.5  – 100.0  – (0.3)

100.0 200.0 (1.7)(0.6)

120 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(d) Interest rate risk management – continued

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the

exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming that

the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and

is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates of

100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant currencies.

The selected basis point increase or decrease represents the

Group’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates on

variable rate instruments, cross-currency interest rate swaps

and interest rate swaps. An increase in interest rates of 100

basis points on the unhedged position (mostly cash and cash

equivalents) will generate a profit of $2.5 million (2019: $4.6 million

profit) to the profit or loss; a similar decrease in interest rates

will generate a loss of $2.5 million (2019: $4.6 million loss) to the

profit or loss.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges, an increase

and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points will generate

an increase and decrease in equity of $6.9 million (2019: $10.7

million) and $6.6 million (2019: $10.4 million) respectively.

(e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will

default on its contractual obligations in respect of a financial

instrument, resulting in a potential loss to the Group.

Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large number

of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical

areas. A credit evaluation is performed at the onset of material

contracts to assess the financial condition of the counterparty

and a credit evaluation is maintained over the life of the

contract to take account of any changes in the risk profile of the

counterparty. Where possible, a bank guarantee or performance

bond, or parent guarantee from creditworthy counterparty

is sought to secure a counterparty’s contractual payment

obligations. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit risk arising from

trade receivables and contract assets.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit

acceptability of financial counterparties are set by a Board

approved Treasury Policy that is subject to annual review to

ensure it remains relevant to the external environment and

reflects the Group’s risk appetite at all times. The Treasury

Policy sets clear parameters for determining acceptable financial

counterparties and limits the exposure the Group may have at

any one time to any individual financial counterparties to mitigate

financial loss due to a default by a counterparty. No material

exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-performance

of any financial counterparty.

Credit risk on derivative financial instruments and cash balances

held with financial counterparties is managed by Group Treasury

with transactions only made with approved counterparties that

have a minimum investment grade rating from Standard & Poor’s

of A- (or equivalent from Moody’s or Fitch rating agencies).

In limited circumstances, surplus cash may be held in foreign

jurisdictions with financial counterparties that do not meet the

minimum rating threshold where there is no other alternative.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial

statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the

Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

(f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its

financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s

liquidity risk is managed under a Board approved Treasury Policy

that sets clear parameters governing the Group’s continued

access to liquidity.

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring a minimum level

of liquidity is available to meet the Group’s financial obligations

in the form of available liquid cash balances and access to

committed undrawn debt facilities and other forms of capital,

monitoring forecast and actual cashflows and matching the

maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities.

The Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to liquidity risk

by ensuring that debt facilities are provided by strong and

investment grade rated financial counterparties and by the early

refinancing of debt facilities to ensure continued access to capital

over the medium term.

During the year ended 30 June 2020, the Group was successful in

renegotiating the maturity dates of a significant portion of its debt

facilities and establishing $787.8 million of new committed debt

facilities, $500 million of which was established in direct response

to the global COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the Group’s liquidity

strength was maintained during a period of heightened global

uncertainty and volatility. In addition, the Group deferred payment

of the 2019 interim dividend of $83.3 million to further augment its

strong liquidity position.

On 21 July 2020, the Group announced the launch of a

$400 million equity raising to support the acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless and provide flexibility for continued

investment in Downer’s core business.

The Group now has no material debt facilities maturing in

the 12 months to 30 June 2021 and a strong liquidity position

which will assist in mitigating any further market volatility. The

Group’s debt facility maturities will continue to be monitored and

refinanced in advance subject to credit market conditions and the

support of its financial counterparties. Included in Note E2 is a

summary of committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Annual Report 2020 121
Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash

flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2020

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More

than 5

years

Trade payables697.7 –  –  –  –  – 

Dividend payable83.3 –  –  –  –  – 

Shareholder class action payable34.0 –  –  –  –  – 

Lease liabilities193.1 139.9 105.8 86.4 70.1 292.5 

Bank loans10.9 153.1 532.3 300.0 ––

USD notes6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 149.1 

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 

Medium term notes31.3 281.3 20.0 20.0 20.0 665.8 

Total borrowings including interest50.6 442.8 560.7328.4 28.4 845.8 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 6.9 

Interest rate swaps5.8 3.7 0.3  –  –  – 

Foreign currency forward contracts7.1  –  –  –  –  – 

Total derivative instruments

(i)

18.6 9.4 6.0 5.7 5.7 6.9 

To t a l1 ,077. 3592.1 672.5420.5 104.2 1,145.2 

2019

Trade payables810.6 –––––

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities3.2 6.9 0.4 0.1 ––

Bank loans18.4 540.1 315.4  –  –  – 

USD notes16.8 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 152.3 

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 32.6 

Medium term notes23.8 23.8 273.8 12.6 12.6 467.6 

Total borrowings including interest60.7 572.1 597.4 20.8 20.8 652.5 

Cross currency interest rate swaps5.7 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 19.4 

Interest rate swaps3.5 1.4 0.4  –  –  – 

Foreign currency forward contracts(0.6)0.5  –  –  –  – 

Total derivative instruments

(i)

8.6 7. 8 6.3 5.9 5.9 19.4 

To t a l883.1 586.8 604.1 26.8 26.7 671.9 

(i) Includes assets and liabilities.

122 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair

value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting

date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are

immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments more

closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and

strategy and applies a more qualitative and forward-looking

approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group has

elected to adopt the general hedge accounting model in AASB 9.

AASB 9 introduced new requirements on rebalancing hedge

relationships and prohibiting voluntary discontinuation of hedge

accounting. Under the new model, it is possible that more risk

management strategies, particularly those involving hedging

a risk component (other than foreign currency risk) of a non-

financial item, will be likely to qualify for hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in

the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative,

together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset

or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately

recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued

when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated,

exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with

contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash

flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of

the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to

the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss

in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or

loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in

the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains

and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form

part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial

asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the

cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or

is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity

until the forecast transaction occurs.

Annual Report 2020 123
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2020

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets19.05.7 – –

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates4.5 –15.6 –

Deferred consideration – –14.40.2

23.5  5.7 30.0 0.2 

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.7  –8.6  –

Commodity forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss1.0  – – –

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge –13.7 7. 2 14.2 

2.7 13.7 15.8 14.2 

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI –2.0 – –

–2.0 – –

To t a l 26.2 21.4 45.8  14.4 

2019

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets23.7  –  –  – 

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates9.8  – 13.1  – 

Deferred consideration –  – 22.1 15.3 

33.5  – 35.2 15.3 

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.3  – 1.0 0.2 

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge0.2 3.2 8.0 3.8 

1.5 3.2 9.0 4.0 

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI – 2.0  –  – 

Contingent consideration –  – 3.2 0.7 

– 2.0 3.2 0.7 

To t a l35.0 5.2 47.4 20.0 

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

Level 3 investments remained unchanged from prior year (2019: no change).

124 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative

is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair

value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

–Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

–Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset

or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

–Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant

unobservable inputs used:

Ty p eValuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and interest rate swapsCalculated using the present value of the

estimated future cash flows based on

observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency forward contractsCalculated using forward exchange rates

prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted equity investmentsCalculated based on the Group’s interest in

the net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard

to future expected revenues and

discount rates.

Changing the inputs to the valuations

to reasonably possible alternative

assumptions would not significantly change

the amounts recognised in profit or loss,

total assets or total liabilities, or total equity.

Contingent considerationCalculated on the amounts expected to be

paid based on the probability of contingent

events and targets being achieved,

determined by reference to forecasts

of future performance of the acquired

businesses discounted using the market

rates prevailing at financial year end.

Assumptions are made with regard

to future expected earnings and

discount rates on certain of the

contingent arrangements.

Annual Report 2020 125
Directors’ Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2020

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 60 to 124 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001

(Cth), including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Company

and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become

due and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 12 August 2020

126 Downer EDI Limited
Downer’s sustainability approach

To Downer, sustainability is delivering financial growth and

value to its customers through its supply chain, looking after

the wellbeing of its people, having a diverse and inclusive

workforce, minimising its impact on the environment and

enhancing the liveability of the communities in which it operates.

Downer recognises that sustainability is vital for securing

long-term environmental, economic and social viability and

understands its role in contributing to a sustainable future for

communities to prosper.

Sustainability is intrinsically linked to Downer’s business

strategy because the sustainability of Downer’s activities

is fundamental to the Company’s future success. Downer’s

sustainability strategy is shaped by its four Pillars: Safety;

Delivery; Relationships and Thought Leadership. Downer’s

commitment to sustainability is outlined on the Downer

website and within the Sustainability Report located at

www.downergroup.com/sustainability

Downer makes a positive contribution in industry sectors such

as utilities, renewables, public transport, infrastructure, facility

management, mining services and production of road pavement

products. Downer’s strategy focuses on improving efficiencies in

existing operations, investing in growth, and adapting as industry

and customer needs and preferences change. Downer’s business

diversity allows it to leverage emerging opportunities such

as increasing and ageing populations, infrastructure renewal

requirements and the increased need for inter-connected smart

cities and regional city hubs.

As an integrated service provider, Downer’s contribution to

sustainability is achieved by providing its customers with

industry-leading solutions that drive and provide efficiency and

reduce their impact on the environment.

Downer works closely with the local communities in which

it operates to achieve better social inclusion outcomes,

implementing a range of strategies focusing on social

responsibility, local and indigenous employment, cultural

heritage management and stakeholder engagement.

Downer’s success is a direct result of the experience, capability

and engagement of Downer’s people. Downer aims to employ

the best people and bring thought leadership to support its

customers to plan, create and sustain. Downer achieves this by

embracing diversity and inclusiveness in the workplace. Downer

continues to strengthen its focus on recruiting strategically to

increase workforce participation across a range of demographics.

Downer’s ESG reporting approach

Downer prepares its Sustainability Report with reference to the

Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide investors

with comparable information relating to environmental, social and

governance (ESG) performance. Specifically, Downer’s approach

takes into consideration the GRI’s principles for informing report

content: materiality, completeness, and sustainability context

and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key focus is to demonstrate

how Downer delivers sustainable returns while managing risk

and being responsible in how it operates.

Downer seeks to identify the issues that have the greatest

potential to impact its future success and returns to

shareholders. Last year Downer revisited its materiality

assessment in line with the GRI Standards via a rigorous

independent lead process to formally engage internal and

external stakeholders to understand what they believe are

the material sustainability issues for Downer and inform

the identification of its material issues by economic, social,

environmental and governance.

The materiality assessment provided key sustainability insights

for Downer’s strategy and frames the content for this year’s

Sustainability Report. The results were positive with strong

alignment between internal and external stakeholder views.

The material issues ranked in order of business impact for

Downer consisted of:

1. Health, safety and wellbeing

2. Governance and ethics

3. Contractor management

4. Operational performance

5. Financial performance

6. Attraction and retention of skilled people

7. Partnerships and stakeholder engagement

8. Customer expectations and adding value

9. Business resilience

10. Climate change

11. Diverse and inclusive workforce

Further information including the process undertaken is available

on Downer’s website and within the 2019 Sustainability Report

located at www.downergroup.com/sustainability

Governance and risk management

The Downer Board, through its oversight functions has verified

that Downer appropriately considers Environmental Social

and Governance (ESG) risks including those related to climate

change. In fulfilling this function, the Downer Board also receives

oversight from Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee, Zero Harm

Committee, Zero Harm Board Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation

Committee and Disclosure Committee. ESG related risks and

opportunities are incorporated into Downer’s broader corporate

strategy, planning and risk management.

The Downer Board recognises that an integrated approach to

managing ESG risks and opportunities is essential. This has been

reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s governance structure

and increased focus on this risk in both Board and executive

forums throughout the financial year ended 2020.

ESG risks and opportunities are governed as part of Downer’s

Group Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and

Sustainability Performance Summary 2020

Annual Report 2020 127
Project Risk Management Framework. Downer identifies,

manages and discloses material climate-related risks as part

of Downer’s standard business practices, and, in accordance

with the Group and Divisional strategies, which apply to

everyone at Downer.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the Company’s Zero Harm and sustainability governance

requirements. Downer has been certified (as a minimum) to

the following standards: AS/NZS 4801 or OHSAS 18001 (for

occupational health and safety management systems); ISO

14001 environmental management systems; and IS0 9001 quality

management systems. During the 2021 financial year, Downer will

transition to certification to ISO45001 for health and safety.

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the strategy and

monitors the development and implementation of Downer’s Zero

Harm management systems, improvement and performance

reporting systems, and monitors Downer’s Zero Harm

performance. Effective monitoring occurs through extensive

internal and third-party audit programs, with oversight by both

the Board Zero Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees.

Other aspects of Downer’s approach to sustainability are

overseen by the Group Diversity Committee and other relevant

corporate governance forums.

The method for measuring the Company’s performance is clearly

set out in its governance framework. Short-term remuneration

incentives are offered to senior managers in relation to the

Company’s performance against environmental sustainability

targets. These targets include the management of critical

environmental risks and GHG emissions reduction.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2020 is summarised

below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s

2020 Sustainability Report which will be available on the

Downer website.

Health and safety

Downer’s business is founded on a deeply held value of Zero

Harm. Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority, its top

material issue and the first of its strategic pillars. Zero Harm

is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to future

success. Downer’s managers, supervisors and employees

bring this core principle to fruition and actively live it every day,

vigilantly protecting the health and safety of themselves and

others in and around its workplaces.

Downer’s approach to health and safety is built on leading,

innovating, managing risk, rethinking processes, applying lessons

learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that aim to achieve

zero work-related injuries. Downer’s integrated lifecycle approach

is a market differentiator, and enables its people to work safely in

industry sectors that may be inherently hazardous. In everything

it does, the health and safety of its people and communities that

it works within is always its top priority.

Downer’s commitment is enhanced by strong leadership

from senior leaders within the business, who actively

engage, enable and empower its people to work safely, and

maintain safe working environments for themselves and the

community. Downer has a mature safety culture, it is proud

of its people’s support and commitment to its Zero Harm

principles and practices.

Downer’s strategic program for health and safety has focused on:

–Critical risk management including the evaluation and

assurance of critical controls by multiple layers of management

and frontline leaders. The goal is to eliminate all preventable

significant harm and establish Downer as a leader in critical

risk management

–Streamlining and harmonising critical risk controls and

embedding them into management systems and continuing

to further frontline leadership capability. The goal is to have an

aligned approach to managing Zero Harm

–Technology and innovation. The goal is to collect better data

to better anticipate future risks and opportunities and innovate

via use of technology

–Business resilience, including mental health. The goal is to

proactively respond to emerging strategic Zero Harm issues

that impact the sectors it operates in and reinforce the

positioning of Downer as a thought leader.

Downer

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

0

0.20

0.40

0.60

0.80

1.00

1.20

1.40

1.60

1.80

2.00

TRIFRLTIFR

202020192018201720162015

0.87

0.66

0.55

0.78

0.57

0.67

128 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary 2020 – continued

Environmental Sustainability

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is measured

against the key areas of risk management, compliance,

minimising environmental impact and maximising resource

efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’ businesses.

Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:

–Continuing to focus on the resilience and assurance of

environmental risk controls

–Incorporating sustainability rating tools and initiatives

into major projects

–Improving environmental workforce capability

–Engaging with customers regarding Downer’s

environmental capability

–Preparing the business as markets transition to a low

carbon economy.

Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5

1

or

Level 6

2

environmental incidents. There were no significant

environmental incidents

3

(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2020.

In FY20, Downer incurred three penalty infringement notices

for environmental breaches. These consisted of two fines

totalling AUD $5,338 relating to the same event in its Australian

Operations. The breaches consisted of connecting to water

infrastructure without written consent and withdrawal of water

from an un-approved source without approval. The other

fine occurred in New Zealand, for the amount of NZD $750.

This fine was issued for exceeding turbidity limits specified

within a Resources Consent whilst carrying out work activities

within a creek.

At the time of writing this report the Downer Seymour Whyte

Joint Venture was in the process of finalising an Enforceable

Undertaking with the New South Wales Environment Protection

Authority for three consecutive pollute waters licence breaches

that occurred from August to September 2019 on the Berry to

Bomaderry Princes Highway upgrade project.

Noteworthy achievements for FY20 include:

–Recognised by the Australasian Reporting Awards with

a Bronze Award for Downer’s 2019 Annual Report and

Sustainability Report

–Improved Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) score to a B

which puts Downer higher than the Oceania regional and

industrial support services sector average of C.

–Awarded an “Excellent” Infrastructure Sustainability (IS)

“As Built” rating by the Infrastructure Sustainability Council of

Australia (ISCA) for the Newcastle Light Rail Project.

1 A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred and if

costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.

2 A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.

3 A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥ Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material harm

to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation leading to

disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.

–Achieved the first Infrastructure Sustainability (IS)

Operations rating for a road maintenance contract for the

Northwest Tasmanian Road Maintenance contract which

achieved a “Commended Operations” rating by ISCA.

–In an Australian-first, Downer’s road surfacing material,

Reconophalt, which incorporates recycled soft plastics,

has been approved for use by the NSW Environment

Protection Authority (EPA) under a resource recovery

order and exemption.

Climate change and Downer’s TCFD Response

Climate change presents a challenge to sustaining the modern

environment, enhancing livability, the natural environment and

Downer’s business. While Downer’s business portfolio is diverse,

it has limited exposure to the effects of climate change through

fixed, long lived capital assets. Downer’s diverse portfolio allows

it to be flexible and agile to redeploy its assets to high growth

areas as markets change. This diversity of portfolio strongly

positions Downer to mitigate and manage its exposure to climate

risks and to maximise the business opportunities it presents.

Downer accepts the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

(IPCC) assessment of the science related to climate change

and supports the Paris Agreement in transitioning to net-zero

emissions by 2050. Downer considers climate change to be one

if its material issues – refer to the materiality assessment.

In FY19, Downer implemented the recommendations of the

Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) in

assessing the financial implications of climate change on Downer.

In its implementation of the TCFD recommendations, Downer

used climate scenario analysis as a key step to understand the

resilience of the business under different climatic futures.

Global scenarios were used to inform a top-down assessment

of how the physical climate might change, the hazards that

its workforce might be exposed to, and how the services

provided to key sectors and markets may change. This was

particularly important to Downer as its purpose is to create

and sustain the modern environment by building trusted

relationships with customers. The scenario analysis informed

strategic planning processes by looking longer-term to critically

assess the products and services provided by the business in

changing markets.

The scenario analysis was fed directly into Board strategy

sessions and to Executive forums, where it remains a permanent

consideration of the Board strategy. Further to the scenario

analysis outcomes, broader sustainability issues are discussed at

Board level. From a tactical perspective, Downer undertakes an

annual exercise to test its strategic position on the back of the

scenario analysis.

Annual Report 2020 129
The outcomes of the scenario analysis contributed to the change

in the overall strategy of the business. In February 2020, Downer

announced it would shift investment in high-capital intensive

activities to lower-intensive and lower-carbon activities. Climate

change and sustainability was also elevated to retain market

share and to secure new customers. This strategic shift will

support Downer’s decarbonisation pathway and market position

in a low-carbon economy.

GHG emission reduction target

Downer acknowledges that climate change mitigation is a shared

responsibility and to support the transition to a low-carbon

economy in an equitable manner, Downer recognises the need

to develop emissions reduction targets that align with the 2015

Paris Agreement goals to “pursue efforts to limit the temperature

increase to 1.5°C” by the end of this century.

To demonstrate Downer’s commitment, in 2019 Downer set an

ambitious science-based target (aligned to a 1.5°C pathway) and

committed to the decarbonisation of its absolute Scope 1 and 2

GHG emissions by 45-50 percent by 2035 from a FY18 base year

and being net zero in the second half of this century.

Downer will track its progress towards its emissions reduction

target and review its emission reduction approach in line with

Intergovernmental Panel on climate change (IPCC) updated

scientific reports, whilst considering other developments in

low-emissions technology, to ensure a practical and affordable

transition towards this commitment.

Downer recognises the uncertainties, challenges and

opportunities that climate change presents and despite the

recent impacts of COVID-19, Downer remains committed to

partnering with its customers and supply chain to achieve its

long-term GHG emission reduction target.

Refer to Downer’s Sustainability Report located at

www.downergroup.com/sustainability for further disclosures

on Downer’s response to climate change and how it has

specifically addressed the TCFD recommendations.

130 Downer EDI Limited
Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the

platform from which:

–The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company

–Downer management is accountable to the Board

–The risks to Downer’s business are identified and managed

–Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to

promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for

management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the

Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

–Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems

–Appointing and removing the Group CEO and

senior executives

–Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and

senior executives

–Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct and

legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director or senior executive, the Board

undertakes appropriate checks.

The Board provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to

management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility for

Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day

management of Downer and his authority is delegated and

authorised by the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of

its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2020, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper

functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive Leadership Team

are available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its

employees, customers and shareholders while building a

sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through

the Downer Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) Policy which outlines

the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and

inclusive workforce.

In 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework. The

purpose of this framework is to support the D&I Policy and

implementation of Divisional D&I strategies.

The Diversity and Inclusion Policy is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2020 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

–Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics

–An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by

Downer throughout 2020

–An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2021.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2020, Downer’s female gender representation

metrics were as follows:

–Board 29%

–Senior Executive

1

22%

–Management

2

23%

–Workforce 35%

1 For present purposes, “Senior Executive” refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference Guide

to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).

2 For present purposes, “Management” refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA

Reference Guide.

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 131
Looking back: 2020 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsOutcome

Flexibility,

Diversity

and

Inclusion

To continue developing

Downer’s commitment

to representing the

businesses and

communities in which

we serve through a

focus on D&I.

Report quarterly

to the Executive

Committee on

progress towards

targets and

objectives.

Achieved:

–Partnership with Work180 as an endorsed employer continues, with

utilisation of job boards for targeted roles. In FY20 there were 133

female applicants.

Progressing:

–An induction review project is underway with the Welcome to Downer

module having been refreshed.

Suspended:

–Divisional Diversity Committees were disbanded following an

organisational restructure during 2020. Governance resides with the

Executive General Managers and General Managers of People and

Culture of the new organisation. Steering Committees and Tactical

Plans are being established under their leadership with Group Divisional

Steering Committee oversight and governance.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for women

to reach their potential

through an inclusive

work environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in

our industry.

37% women in

the workforce by

2020.

23% women in

management by

2020.

22% women

in executive

positions by

2020.

30% women on

Board.

Achieved:

–A Flexible Working Arrangements pilot program where all employees,

except for field staff, in a business unit worked from home was

conducted. Results included no loss in productivity along with positive

anecdotal results. This case study is shared with all participants of the

Lead a Remote Team training program

–Various manager guides have been created, including Lead a Remote

Team and Inclusive Language guides.

Progressing:

–A manager toolkit for supporting primary carers on parental leave

before, during and as part of return to work was developed and will be

launched in 2021

–On-track to meet Downer’s WGEA Pay Equity Ambassador

commitments. Aspects of this involved face to face events scheduled

for March which were delayed due to COVID-19. These are planned to

be completed in 2021

–The development of an unconscious bias online learning module will be

prioritised in 2021

Suspended:

–A second intake of the Downer mentoring program was planned for late

2020. Due to COVID-19 disruptions, this program was put on hold.

–The development and launch of a Female Network also did not

commence but will be progressed in 2021.

132 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsOutcome

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer

Group’s commitment

to closing the gap by

increasing Indigenous

workforce participation

and developing

strategic partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community groups.

3% Aboriginal

and Torres

Strait Islander

employees by

2020.

Achieved:

–Progress on Downer’s Innovate Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP)

endorsed by Reconciliation Australia, which outlines Downer’s

reconciliation vision, strategy and targeted initiatives, continues with

completion due in 2021

–Spotless is currently consulting with Reconciliation Australia on

its Stretch RAP

–Downer has exceeded RAP commitments by establishing relationships

with labour hire companies, employment agencies and other

Indigenous organisations. 2020 spend in this regard increased by 40%

compared with 2019

–An Indigenous Cultural Awareness Training module for Australian

employees was developed and rolled-out

–Evolved the Maori Leadership program, Te Ara Whanake, into a program

specifically designed for non-Maori leaders, with 63 leaders from across

Downer NZ completing Te Ara Maramatanga, a cultural competence

program which includes an overnight on a Marae.

Progressing:

–Downer’s Indigenous Cultural Awareness Training program continues to

be progressively rolled-out and allocated to Supervisors and above, with

77% of this cohort in Downer Australia having completed the training

–Partnerships have been developed and continue with market

specialists for placing migrant workers in employment along with Job

Active agencies.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age-groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

Maintain

or increase

the number

of graduate

employees year-

on-year until

2021.

Achieved:

–Downer continues to build its pipeline of talent by investing in youth

through the Downer Graduate program, which is now well embedded

with a robust and unified attraction, selection, development and

management framework.

Progressing:

–Full implementation of a governance structure and framework for the

Downer Apprentice and Trainee program is planned for 2021

–Partnerships have been developed with market specialists to

explore opportunities for ex-Veteran employment along with Job

Active agencies.

Annual Report 2020 133
Looking ahead: 2021 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Flexibility,

Diversity

and

Inclusion

To continue developing

Downer’s commitment

to representing the

businesses and

communities in which

we serve through a

focus on D&I.

Report quarterly to the

Executive Committee

on progress towards

targets and objectives.

–Governance structure embedded through Group Diversity

Steering Committee and business Steering Committees and

Tactical Plans. Reporting via Quarterly Business Report to the

Executive Committee

–Launch the Own Different campaign across the business to

celebrate our commitment to Inclusion

–Report on Flexible Working Arrangements trial and further

operational pilots. Share learnings broadly

–Maintain endorsed referral programs (i.e. refer a female friend

and refer an Indigenous friend)

–Establish strategic partnerships with human resource

organisations to enable attraction of diverse, disadvantaged

and/or minority groups

–Establish strategic supplier relationships with social enterprises

to participate in contracted works.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for women

to reach their potential

through an inclusive

work environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in

our industry.

40% women in the

workforce by 2023.

25% women in

management positions

by 2023.

25% women in executive

positions by 2023.

30% women on the

Board.

–Extend the talent management and succession planning

framework cohort from CEO-2 to CEO-3 for females

–Investigate partnership opportunities with organisations that

support women into trades-based employment in skilled

trades that are male-dominated, with a view to a formal

partnership and pilot

–Build the unconscious bias capability of operational managers

and recruitment specialists via an online learning module

–Develop and launch a Female Network to highlight

opportunities and networking

–Women in Leadership programs (Australia and New Zealand).

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer’s

commitment to

Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

peoples and the

Maori people, through

the development of

strategic partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community and

increased workforce

participation.

3% Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

employees.

–Close out actions and report on Downer’s Innovate RAP

and consult to develop and obtain endorsement for

Downer’s Stretch RAP.

–Share learnings and coordinate where practicable from Downer

and Spotless RAPs

–Review, consult and enhance the current Aboriginal and Torres

Strait Islander Employment and Retention Strategy through

identifying barriers and implementing recommendations

for improvement

–Work with Indigenous NGO networks to further develop

opportunities for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

employees, apprentices and trainees.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age-groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to value

experience.

Maintain or increase

the number of graduate

employees year-on-year.

Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry level

programs that align to our generational diversity focus and priority

areas, including:

–The Downer Graduate development program.

–Cadets and further undergraduate programs.

–Harmonisation of processes across Australia for Apprentices

and Trainees that supports strategic attraction, selection,

development, management and retention.

134 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Principle 2: Structure the Board to be

effective and add value

Throughout the 2020 financial year, the Board was comprised of

a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike

Harding, an independent, Non-executive Director), four other

independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive

Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members

of the Board, including their skills, experience, status and

their term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on

pages 4 to 50 and are also available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure

the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively

discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they do

so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-

executive Director who is not a member of management and

who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or

could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the

independent exercise of their judgement. The Board regularly

assesses the independence of each Director to ensure that each

Director has the capacity to bring independent judgement to

bear on issues before the Board and to act in the best interests

of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board

and for the efficient organisation and functioning of the

Board. The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure

that a high standard of values, governance and constructive

interaction is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and

conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of committees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities. A list of

the main Board Committees and their current membership is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairmanMembers

Audit and RiskN M HollowsT G Handicott

P L Watson

Zero HarmP L WatsonG A Fenn

P S Garling

Nominations and Corporate GovernanceR M HardingT G Handicott

N M Hollows

RemunerationT G HandicottP S Garling

R M Harding

DisclosureT G HandicottG A Fenn

R M Harding

Rail ProjectsP S GarlingG A Fenn

T G Handicott

R M Harding

Tender Risk EvaluationP L WatsonG A Fenn

R M Harding

N M Hollows

Annual Report 2020 135
The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 20.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee

is chaired by an independent Director and comprises four

members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender

Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review

tender opportunities.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a

charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,

structure, membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

access to internal and external resources, including advice

from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

–Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board

–Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board

–Establishing processes for the review of the performance

of individual Directors, Board Committees and the

Board as a whole

–Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal

due diligence screening process)

–Recommending the engagement of nominated

persons as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills and executive experience

across engineering, construction and scientific disciplines as well

as services activities and professional services when considering

the appointment of a new Director.

136 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the

current Board composition. The Company recognises the value

of diversity which has been a component of the appointment

process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business, finance and economics

Humanities

1.02.03.04.0

Professional qualifications

0.0

5.0

Technical*

Legal

*Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

1.02.03.04.0

0.05.0

Professional Services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources

*Includes banking, finance and legal.

Te n u r e

9+

3–6

1.02.04.0

0.0

3.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

2

4

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist

with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including

externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and

that of its Committees and Directors. The last review was

completed during FY16 and Downer intends to undertake a

review in 2021, which will include consideration of the skills and

knowledge of Directors.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both

Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures

have been developed to enable new Directors and senior

executives to gain an understanding of:

–Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies

–The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles of

the Board and senior executives

–Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure

to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director

site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also

encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional

development courses to update and enhance their skills

and knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly

organises governance and other continuing education

sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access

to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-

related issues and the appointment and removal of the

Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all

governance matters.

Annual Report 2020 137
Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting lawfully,

ethically and responsibly

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern

environment by building trusted relationships with our

customers. Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to

help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Downer’s Purpose and Promise are founded on the Pillars of

Zero Harm, Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and

define the way it manages its business and are the foundations

that support Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose,

Promise and Pillars can be found on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour

and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The

Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone and

standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

–Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law

–Workplace behaviour

–Prohibition against bribery and corruption

–Protection of confidential information

–Engaging with stakeholders

–Workplace safety

–Diversity and inclusiveness

–Sustainability

–Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the

Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other

unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are

investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary

overseeing the completion of any remedial action. The Board

is informed of material breaches of the Standards of Business

Conduct through reporting of incidents under the whistleblower

policy, investigations of allegations of fraud and breaches of

Downer’s Zero Harm Cardinal Rules.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers

and employees and is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in

place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various

matters, including:

–Securities trading (stipulating “closed periods” for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities)

–The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure)

–Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community

–Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which

expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption

currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and

which addresses key issues such as working with government,

political donations, human rights, conducting business

internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed of

material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer

employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business

in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.

However, regardless of the country or culture within which its

people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law, as

well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity

of corporate reports

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards the

integrity of its financial reporting.

An external limited assurance engagement is performed

on selected sustainability information in Downer’s annual

Sustainability Report. Downer also follows a comprehensive

internal verification process to ensure the integrity of the

Sustainability Report and other periodic corporate reports which

are not audited or reviewed by the external auditor, including

the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Statement,

and Information for Investors. This process involves review

of reporting by relevant subject matter experts across the

organisation to ensure it is materially accurate, balanced and

provides investors with appropriate information.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its

responsibilities relating to:

–The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and

reporting practices of the Company with a particular

focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting

to shareholders

–The Company’s risk profile and risk policies

–The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal

control and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of only Non-executive Directors

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors

–Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the

Chairman of the Board)

–Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

138 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and

Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure

and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting

non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY20, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 20.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in a

clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive

investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX Market

Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation. A copy

of the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying

and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the ASX

Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of all material market

announcements promptly after they have been made.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of

security holders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

–Communicating effectively, openly and honestly

with shareholders

–Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company and

its governance

–Making it easy for shareholders to participate in

general meetings

–Giving shareholders the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, the Company and its

security registry electronically.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website

(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at members

meetings through its use of electronic communication, including

by making notices of meetings available on its website and audio

casting of general meetings and significant Group presentations.

All substantive resolutions at meetings of shareholders are

conducted by poll.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies

and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that

Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as well

as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable

business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. The

Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and oversees

Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including the Group risk

profile and the effectiveness of the systems being implemented

to manage risk. The last review of the Risk Management

Framework was completed in 2020. The Board reviews the

Group risk profile twice each year and considers other risk

matters, such as business resilience, tender review processes,

risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a regular basis, as well as

regular reports from senior management, the internal audit team,

and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed

overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental

and social risks. The 2019 Sustainability Report is available on

the Downer website at www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and

reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of

Annual Report 2020 139
internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent

of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and

Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has

adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its

role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership

requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee

members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

making recommendations to the Board about:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policies

–The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for all

senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO

–Executive and equity-based incentive plans

–Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive directors and Non-

executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities of the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors

–Is chaired by an independent Director

–Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the

Remuneration Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report on page 24.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior

executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and

variable remuneration taking into account the performance of

the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive

Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as

short and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit the

economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under

any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes,

as set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of the

Securities Trading Policy is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

on page 24 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report on page 6.

140 Downer EDI Limited
Downer shareholders

Downer had 25,023 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2020, of

which 23,113 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, held 31.23% of the 594,702,512 fully paid ordinary shares

issued at that date.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of

franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to

the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for

shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who

receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election

is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing

Australian bank account details.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer

shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s

share registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

(Computershare):

Level 3

60 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)

+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when

making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored

and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,

DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and

postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.

However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file

number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal

rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to

investors residing in Australia. For more information please

contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately,

in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been

lost or stolen.

Information for Investors

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 141
Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report

by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the

address provided. Alternatively, shareholders may choose to

receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in

Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any

change of your registered address.

Registered office and principal

administration office

Downer EDI Limited

Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700

Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG

International Towers Sydney 3

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2020

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital

594,702,512 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 25,023 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2020

Shareholders

Ordinary

shares held

% of issued

shares

FIL Limited 38,754,6316.52

Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings37,739,6926.35

L1 Capital Pty Ltd32,003,8495.38

T Rowe Price29,770,9135.00

The Vanguard Group29,745,1015.00

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2020 is as follows.

Range of holdings

Number of

shareholdersShareholders %

Ordinary shares

held

Shares

%

1 – 1,00014,24656.936,214,0421.04

1,001 – 5,0008,39433.5519,231,3193.23

5,001 – 10,0001,4445.7710,413,9101.75

10,001 – 100,0008883.5519, 296,1433.24

100,001 and over51 0.205 39, 5 47,09890.73

To t a l

25,023594,702,512100.00

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares

142 Downer EDI Limited
Twenty largest shareholders

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2020 are as follows.

ShareholdersShares held% of issued shares

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 185,717,94931.23

Chase Manhattan Nominees Limited 146,284,04524.60

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited81,95 4,47413.78

National Nominees Limited 62,359,87410.49

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>20,792,4473.50

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>10,611,1491.78

Argo Investments Ltd6,159,5381.04

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT- Commonwealth Super Corp A/C> 5,626,3450.95

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>3,895,2890.65

CPU Share Plans Pty Limited2,561,6950.43

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd <Harper Bernays Ltd A/C>2,266,9950.38

Netwealth Investments Limited <Wrap Services A/C>1,716,3540.29

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <IB AU Noms Retail Client DRP>1,158,7940.19

Mr Grant Fenn961,4780.16

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson891,6420.15

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd <PRV Control A/C>773,8890.13

AMP Life Ltd395,7280.07

BNP Paribus Noms (NZ) Ltd <DRP>353,4900.06

BNP Paribus Nominees Pty Ltd <HUB24 Cust Serv Ltd DRP>318,9560.05

Navigator Australia Limited <Redpoint Industrials SMA A/C>311,6180.05

Total for top 20 shareholders

535,111,74989.98

Information for Investors – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2020

Annual Report 2020 143
This page has been intentionally left blank.

144 Downer EDI Limited
This page has been intentionally left blank.

Sovereign A2 Silk is proudly
made FSC® certified by Hankuk

paper which also carries the

ISO 14001 EMS accreditation

and it’s manufactured with

elemental chlorine-free pulps.

Downer Annual Report 2020
www.downergroup.com


Page 1 of 3



Media/ASX and NZX Release

12 August 2020


DOWNER REPORTS UNDERLYING NPATA OF $215.1 MILLION

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June

2020. The main features of the results are:

 Total revenue of $13.4 billion, down 0.2% from the prior corresponding period (pcp)


 Underlying EBITA (earnings before interest, tax and amortisation) of $416.0 million,

down 25.8%


 Underlying NPATA (net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) of

$215.1 million, down 36.8%


 Statutory NPAT (net profit after tax) loss of $155.7 million


 Improved cash performance in the second half of the financial year, with operating cash

conversion at 74% of Underlying EBITDA, taking full year cash conversion to 39.5% of

Underlying EBITDA


 Work-in-hand of $42.2 billion


All the figures above include 100% contribution from Spotless, before minority interests.



Announcement of 21 July 2020


On 21 July 2020, Downer announced a package of initiatives to reshape the Downer Group in line

with its Urban Services strategy and create a stronger platform for long-term, sustainable growth.

These initiatives are:

 achieving 100% ownership of Spotless;

 exiting non-core businesses; and

 right-sizing the cost base and operating model to align with the Urban Services strategy.


Downer also announced a $400 million equity raising on 21 July 2020 to fund the acquisition of the

remaining shares in Spotless, provide flexibility for continued investment in Downer’s core

businesses and strengthen its balance sheet. The raising was supported strongly by institutional

investors, who took up 97% of their entitlements.


Downer will make an unconditional offer to acquire the issued share capital of Spotless not already

owned by Downer. Downer has entered into a call option deed with Coltrane Master Fund, L.P.

(which currently has a relevant interest in approximately 11.8% of the Spotless shares on issue)

Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOW NER

www.downergroup.com


Page 2 of 3


under which it has a call option over 2.99% of Spotless shares. On exercise, this will increase

Downer’s ownership above the 90% threshold to proceed to compulsory acquisition. It is expected

the outcome of this offer will be known by the end of the 2020 calendar year.


In relation to non-core businesses, Downer is exploring the potential sale of its Mining portfolio (in

parts or as a whole) and reviewing the prospects of its Hospitality business to determine which

parts will continue and which will be sold or closed. The process for the sale of the Laundries

business has been paused and will resume when investment market conditions improve.

Financial performance in the 2020 financial year

The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said Downer’s performance in the 2020

financial year supported its strategy to focus on its core Urban Services businesses. These

businesses have:

 demonstrated strength and resilience;

 leading market positions and attractive medium and long-term growth opportunities;

 a high proportion of government and government-related contracts; and

 a capital light, services-based business model generating lower risk, more predictable

revenues and cash flows.

“Demand for our services remained strong throughout the year, particularly in the road, rail, power,

gas, water, defence, health, education and government sectors,” Mr Fenn said.

“Group revenue was down only 0.2% to $13.4 billion and underlying EBITA for our core Urban

Services businesses was only slightly down on the previous year.

“Our New Zealand business was materially affected by the Level 4 restrictions introduced there,

but activity has returned almost to normal levels and the business is performing well.”

Mr Fenn said Spotless’ Hospitality business had been severely affected by COVID-19 restrictions

and, as previously announced, the business has been placed in hibernation.

Full details of Downer’s financial performance are included in the Investor Presentation and Annual

Report lodged with the Australian Securities Exchange and available on Downer’s website.

Dividends

As announced previously:

 Downer’s deferred unfranked interim dividend of 14 cents per share will be paid on 25

September 2020 to shareholders on the register at 26 February 2020; and

 no final dividend will be paid for the year ended 30 June 2020 due to the current environment

and Downer’s recent equity raising.

Dividends are expected to resume in the 2021 financial year, depending on business performance.

The unfranked interim dividend will be paid out of Conduit Foreign Income. The company’s

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) remains suspended and will not operate for this dividend.

Safety

Downer has complied with all Government regulations and advice in relation to COVID-19, in both

Australia and New Zealand, and has robust Business Continuity Plans in place. Downer has

implemented a range of control measures across its sites to minimise the risks of COVID-19


Page 3 of 3


transmission and has also put in place strategies to minimise the impact of the virus on its people

and the communities in which it operates.


Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) increased to 0.67 from 0.57 and its Total

Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) increased to 2.88 from 2.70 per million hours worked.

Outlook

In the current environment, Downer is not providing earnings guidance for the 2021 financial year.

The acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless will allow Downer to get the full benefits of the

acquisition. Spotless is an important part of Downer’s Urban Services strategy - driving consistent

earnings and reliable cash flow from long term customers in critical sectors.

Downer’s diversification across critical services in road, rail, power, gas, water, defence, health,

education and government has delivered resilience in earnings and cash flows and there continues

to be strong demand for these services.




For further information please contact:

Michael Sharp, Group Head of Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations +61 439 470 145


About Downer

Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers

are at the heart of everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and

its promise is to work closely with its customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights

and solutions to design, build and sustain assets, infrastructure and facilities. For more information

visit www.downergroup.com

Urban Services - continue to deliver
Downer’s strategy to focus on its core Urban Services businesses is delivering:

̶Demonstrated strength and resilience

̶Underlying EBITA

1,2

FY20 $511m (FY19 $525m) despite COVID-19

̶Leading market positions

̶High proportion of Government and Government-related contracts

̶Capital light, lower risk, more predictable revenues, earnings and cash flows

Initiatives announced on 21 July 2020 will create a stronger Downer:

̶100% ownership of Spotless

̶Exiting non-core businesses

̶Right-sizing the cost base and operating model

Successful equity raising has funded the remaining shares in Spotless, provided flexibility for

continued investment in Downer’s core businesses and strengthened the balance sheet

2

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3m (FY19:$70.4m).

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Reshaped Urban Services portfolio
3

Downer Group

TransportUtilitiesFacilitiesAsset Services

Road Services

Rollingstock

Services

Transport Projects

Telecommunications

Water

Power & Gas

Government

Health &

Education

Defence

Oil & Gas

Power Generation

Industrial

Wind down / re-scope

Infrastructure & Construction

(Facilities)

Engineering & Construction

(EC&M)

Under review

Mining

Laundries (Facilities)

Hospitality (Facilities)

Non-coreCore

$4.7bn

$235.6m

$16.9bn

Revenue

1

EBITA

2

WIH

$2.7bn

$114.6m

$5.2bn

$2.3bn

$133.9m

$12.6bn

$0.7bn

$27.1m

$1.6bn

Wind down

$0.8bn

$(78.2)m

$1.0bn

Building

Under review

$2.2bn

$68.4m

$4.9bn

Revenue

1

EBITA

2

WIH

Revenue

1

EBITA

2,3

WIH

Revenue

1

EBITA

2

WIH

Revenue

1

EBITA

2,3

WIH

The above Revenue and EBITA figures refer to FY20, and work-in-hand (WIH) is as at 30 June 2020.

1

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other allianc es and other income.

2

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpense. Group FY20: $71.3m. (FY19: $70.4m)

3

The underlying EBITA is calculated on a consistent basis with EBITA in the segment reporting in Downer’s financial statementswith the exception that the underlying EBITA excludes $18.8 million of historical contract claims adjustments

($9.9 million relating to the Facilities segment and $8.9 million relating to the EC&M segment) in FY20.

FY20 performance overview
4

1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax. (FY19: $70.4m, $49.3m after-tax)

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Core Urban Services businesses continue

to perform, showing resilience of earnings

despite the COVID-19 challenges

Total revenue of $13.4bn flat on prior year

Strong operating cash conversion of

74.2% in the second half, taking full year

operating cash conversion to 39.5%

Underlying EBITA

1

for core Urban Services

in FY20 in line with FY19

$mFY19FY20

Change

%

Transport

242.4235.6(2.8)

Utilities

136.1114.6(15.8)

Facilities

133.6133.90.2

Asset Services (EC&M)

13.427.1>100

Core Urban Services Businesses

525.5511.2(2.7)

Infrastructure & Construction (Facilities)

(3.1)(9.0)>(100)

Engineering & Construction (EC&M)

19.9(69.2)>(100)

Businesses in wind down

16.8(78.2)>(100)

Mining

76.779.03.0

Laundries (Facilities)

17.59.1(48.0)

Hospitality (Facilities)

22.5(19.7)>(100)

Businesses under review or to be sold

116.768.4(41.4)

Corporate

(98.4)(85.4)13.2

Underlying EBITA

1,2

560.6416.0(25.8)

Items outside of underlying EBITA

(28.0)(386.0)>(100)

Statutory EBITA

1

532.630.0(94.4)

Underlying NPATA

1,2

340.1215.1(36.8)

Statutory NPAT

276.3(155.7)>(100)

5
Transport

Road

Services

Rollingstock

Services

Transport

Projects

Transport
6

Road Services

Vertically integrated position:

importation and supply of bitumen;

manufacture and supply of

bituminous products; surfacing and

maintenance; road network mgt

Manage and maintain 58,000km of

roads across Australia and NZ

Customers include all Australia’s

State road authorities, NZ

Transport Agency, local councils

and authorities in both countries

Rollingstock Services

Long term maintenance of 1,741

passenger rail cars: Waratah and

SGT fleets until 2044, Millennium

until 2027, HCMT until 2053

Modifying Queensland’s New

Generation Rollingstock until 2024

Project management services for

HCMT delivery

Australia’s leading privateprovider

of multi-modal public transport

solutions (Keolis Downer)

Transport Projects

Multi-disciplined solutions across

road, rail and power systems

Opportunities matched to capability

and competitive strength, rigorous

risk management

Alliance-style contracts e.g. Perth’s

METRONET and Auckland’s City

Rail Link

Parramatta Light Rail and

Warrnambool Line Upgrade

progressing well

COVID-19 impact

No material impact on demand in

Australia

Impact on YarraTrams fare box

partially offset by Vic Government

Impact in NZ from Level 4 restrictions

partially offset by Govt wage subsidy

Work-in-hand

Total of $16.9bn, in line with FY19

Comprises 97% Government or

Government-backed contracts

Long term profile, led by

Rollingstock Services

242.4

235.6

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

FY19FY20

EBITA

1

and margin %

5.6%

5.0%

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpens e.

Transport – $16.9bn work in hand
7

WIH Government v Non-GovernmentWIH profile ($bn)

-

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26+

SecuredRecurring

97%

3%

GovtNon Govt

Top 5 Contract Wins in FY20

1. METRONET (JV with CPB), alliance-style contract

2. South Australian road maintenance contracts

3. City Rail Link (Auckland), alliance style contract

4. Warrnambool Line Upgrade

5. North Eastern Maintenance Alliance (Road Services)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Maintaining Waratah trains until 2044

2. Operating Yarra Trams until 2024 (Keolis Downer)

3. Maintaining HCMT trains until 2053

4. Maintaining Sydney Growth Trains until 2044

5. METRONET (JV with CPB), alliance style contract

8
Utilities

Power and

Gas

WaterTelco

Utilities
9

COVID-19 impact

No material impact on demand in

Australia

Impact in NZ from Level 4 restrictions

partially offset by Government wage

subsidy

Work-in-hand

Total of $5.2bn, in line with FY19

Proven history of extensions and

renewals

136.1

114.6

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

FY19FY20

5.4%

4.3%

EBITA

1

and margin %

Power and Gas

Maintenance of critical regulated

power and gas networks

During FY20 Downer extended its

long relationship with AusNet

Services with two significant

contracts for operational and

maintenance services:

˗powerdistribution network in

Victoria (5 years, ~$600m)

˗gas distribution network

(5 years, ~$350m)

Water

Complete water lifecycle solutions

for municipal and industrial users

During FY20 Downer won two

significant long-term contracts:

˗Confluence Water (Downer,

Jacobs, BroadspectrumJV)

delivering services for Sydney

Water (10 years, ~$2 billion)

˗Downer delivering services for

Logan City Council

(5 years, $520m)

Telecommunications

End-to-end technology and

communications service solutions

Key provider of 5G rollout and

Mobile Black Spot services to

Te l s t r a

NBN construction rolling off;

transition to NBN maintenance

Leading provider of services in NZ

for all Tier 1 companies with focus

on national rollout of 5G

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpens e.

74%
26%

GovtNon Govt

-

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26+

SecuredRecurring

Utilities – $5.2bn work in hand

10

WIH Government v Non-GovernmentWIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contract Wins in FY20

1. AusNet(power) for 5 years(plus extensions for 6 years)

2. Sydney Water for 10 years (Confluence Water JV)

3. Logan City Council for 5 years (plus 2x2yrs extensions)

4. AusNet(gas) (extension for 5 years)

5. Urban Utilities contracts (Queensland)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Sydney Water until 2030 (Confluence Water JV)

2. AusNet (power) until 2024 (plus extensions for 6 years)

3. Logan City Council until 2025 (plus 2x2yrs extensions)

4. AusNet (gas) until 2026

5. Chorus Field Services Agreement (NZ)

11
Facilities (Core)

DefenceHealth and

Education;

Government

Building

Facilities
1

(Core)

12

COVID-19 impact

No material impact on demand in

Australia or New Zealand

133.6

133.9

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

FY19FY20

5.7%5.8%

EBITA

2,3

and margin %Work-in-hand

Total of $12.6bn, in line with FY19

Comprises 94% Government or

Government-backed contracts

Long term profile, led by various

PPPs

Defence

Longstanding relationships with

Australian Department of Defence

and NZ Defence Force

Major contracts include:

˗Department of Defence Estate

Maintenance and Operations

(EMOS), Qld and Southern NSW

˗HQ Joint Operations Command

(ACT)

˗Manawatu and Southern region

(New Zealand)

Health & Education;

Government

Services for Federal, State and

municipal government

departments, agencies, authorities

Health, education, social housing,

justice

~4m hours of support services to

over 200 healthcare facilities in

Australia and NZ

Maintain >24,000 properties for

NSW Land and Housing Corp

Non-residential building

Hawkins (NZ) focuses on

government sectors including

education, health, airports; also

selected commercial projects

Relationships lead to long term

maintenance contracts

1

Core Facilities excludes Hospitality, Laundries and Infrastructure & Construction.

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

3

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpens e.

94%
6%

GovtNon Govt

-

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26+

SecuredRecurring

Facilities

1

(Core) – $12.6bn work in hand

13

WIH Government v Non-GovernmentWIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contract Wins in FY20

1. Dept of Defence EMOS (2 year extension)

2. City Rail Link FM (NZ)

3. Farmers Development Tauranga (NZ)

4. WA Housing FM (2 year extension)

5. Real Pet Food Company, integrated FM

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. New Royal Adelaide Hospital PPP until 2046

2. Dept of Defence Estate Maintenance and Operations

3. NSW Whole of Government (cross agency FM)

4. Bendigo Hospital PPP until 2042

5. Sunshine Coast University Hospital PPP until 2041

1

Core Facilities excludes Hospitality, Laundries and Infrastructure & Construction.

14
Asset Services

Oil and Gas

Image courtesy of BHP

Power

Generation

Industrial

Asset Services
15

COVID-19 impact

Delays to non-essential

maintenance and capital works

13.4

27.1

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

FY19FY20

1.7%

4.0%

EBITA

1

and margin %Work-in-hand

Total of $1.6bn

Government and blue-chip private

customers

Oil and Gas

Optimising the reliability, efficiency

and whole-of-life costs of customers’

assets through innovative

maintenance, shutdown, turnaround

and project services

July 2020 announced three year

agreement with Santos and one year

extension to maintenance of Darwin

LNG facility

Power Generation

Leading provider of maintenance

services to Australia’s power stations

Downer’s customers supply

approximately 60% of the National

Energy Market (NEM); Downer

directly maintains more than 18GW

of generation for the NEM, including

5.2GW through OEM products

Multi-year contract wins during FY20

include services to CS Energy, Delta

Electricity and Stanwell Corporation

Industrial

Leading provider of maintenance,

turnaround and shutdown services

July 2020 announced: two year

contract with BHP for services

across its WA iron ore sites; and

services contract with Wesfarmers

for maintenance and shutdowns in

WA and NT

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpens e.

19%
81%

GovtNon Govt

-

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26+

SecuredRecurring

Asset Services – $1.6bn work in hand

16

WIH Government v Non-GovernmentWIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contract Wins in FY20

1. CS Energy for 5 years

2. Santos National Master Services Agreement for 3 years

3. Delta Energy Vales Point for 5 years

4. Chevron Wheatstone Contract Extension

5. Orica YarwunMaintenance Services

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. CS Energy until 2024

2. BHP Port Headlanduntil2023

3. Chevron Gorgon FM until 2023

4. Santos National Master Services Agreement until 2023

5. Origin Energy Eraring Power Station until 2022

17
Construction businesses in wind down

Infrastructure

and

Construction

(Facilities)

Engineering

and

Construction

(EC&M)

Construction businesses
18

Infrastructure & Construction

(Facilities)

AE Smith and Nuvo: services include

mechanical, electrical, HVAC (heating,

ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration),

energy, hydraulics

Construction losses in FY19 and FY20

Wind down from major construction underway

and will complete as existing projects finish

Now focusing on maintenance and related minor

capex (<$5m)

Engineering & Construction

(EC&M) excluding Asset

Services

Significant construction losses in FY20 result

Bidding scope restricted to Power Systems

-HV power and substations

Merged into Transport Projects to create

Infrastructure Projects (change in FY21

reporting Segments)

Existing out of scope projects in wind down

-<$100m in WIH

19
Businesses under review or to be sold

Mining

Laundries

(Facilities)

Hospitality

(Facilities)

Businesses under review or to be sold
20

Mining

Contract wins and extensions

during the year:

˗Goonyella (2 years, ~$200m

with provision to extend for 3

years)

˗Meandu (5 years, ~$600m)

˗Eliwana(5 years, ~$450m)

FY20 cost of exiting offshore sites

including Palaborain South Africa

Downer continues to explore the

potential sale of the Mining portfolio

(in parts or as a whole) with recent

enquiries from a number of parties

Laundries

Private hospital volumes hit by

restrictions on elective surgery

Volumes returning, business

performing well

Sale process paused and will

resume when investment market

conditions improve

Hospitality

Worst COVID-19 affected part of

Downer Group

Virtually no Hospitality revenue in

fourth quarter

>6,000 people stood down

Business placed in hibernation

Review underway to determine

which parts will continue, be sold

or closed

Group
financials

21

Overview of results
FY19FY20

Total revenue

1

$13.4 billion$13.4 billion

Underlying EBITA

2,3

$560.6 million$416.0 million

Statutory EBITA

2

$532.6 million$30.0 million

Underlying NPATA

2,3

$340.1 million$215.1 million

Statutory NPATA

2

$325.6 million$(105.8) million

Operating cash flow$630.2 million$178.8 million

Cash conversion89.0%39.5%

Work-in-hand$44.3 billion$42.2 billion

22

1

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other allianc es and other income.

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax. (FY19: $70.4m, $49.3m after-tax)

3

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Underlying financial performance
23

FY20 includes adoption of

AASB16 – no material impact on

NPATA

Revenue flat, with growth in

Transport and Utilities offsetting

declines in Facilities and EC&M

Group EBITA margin 3.1%, down

1.1pp:

̶loss making construction

contracts in EC&M

̶completion of MurraWarraand

Renewables contracts

No final dividend (deferred interim

dividend of 14cps to be paid in

September)

1

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income.

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax. (FY19: $70.4m, $49.3m after-tax)

3

The underlying result and underlying pro-forma pre-AASB16 result are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess theperformanc e of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

4

ROFE = 12 month rolling underlying EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE); AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt (excludes lease liability) + Equity.

$mFY19

3

FY20

3

AASB16

impact

Pro forma

Pre

AASB16

3

Change

(%)

Total revenue

1

13,448.3

13,417.9-13,417.9

(0.2)

EBITDA

850.2862.0(175.8)686.2

(19.3)

Depreciation and amortisation

(289.6)(446.0)151.8(294.2)

(1.6)

EBITA

2

560.6416.0(24.0)392.0

(30.1)

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles

(70.4)(71.3)-(71.3)

(1.3)

EBIT

490.2344.7(24.0)320.7

(34.6)

Netinterestexpense

(82.4)(112.0)26.4(85.6)

(3.9)

Profit before tax

407.8232.72.4235.1

(42.3)

Taxexpense

(117.0)(67.5)(0.7)(68.2)

41.7

Netprofitaftertax

290.8165.21.7166.9

(42.6)

N PATA

2

340.1215.11.7216.8

(36.3)

EBITA margin

4.2%3.1%

(1.1)pp

Effective taxrate

28.7%29.0%

(0.3)pp

ROFE

4

13.7%

10.2%

(3.5)pp

Dividenddeclared(cps)

28.0

14.0

(50.0)

Summary of earnings
24

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY20: $71.3m (FY19: $70.4m)

2

Tax of $88.9m is calculated by adjusting underlying tax of $67.5m with $21.4m tax on amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

3

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

$mEBITA

1

Net

interest

expense

Tax

expense

2

NPATA

Deduct:

Amortisationof

acquired intangibles

(post-tax)

NPAT

Underlying

3

result416.0(112.0)(88.9)215.1(49.9)165.2

Spotless goodwill impairment

(165.0)

--(165.0)-

(165.0)

Historical contract claims adjustments

(18.8)

-5.5(13.3)-

(13.3)

Portfolio restructure and exit costs

(142.4)

-42.2(100.2)-

(100.2)

Payroll remediation costs

(16.3)

-4.5(11.8)-

(11.8)

Spotless shareholder class action

(34.0)

-10.2(23.8)-

(23.8)

Legal settlement

(9.5)

-2.7(6.8)-

(6.8)

Total items outside underlying result

(386.0)

-65.1(320.9)-

(320.9)

Statutory result

30.0

(112.0)(23.8)(105.8)(49.9)

(155.7)

Operating cash flow
25

Substantial improvement in 2H20 EBITDA

conversion to 74.2%

Operating cash flow, particularly 1H20, was

impacted by MurraWarra wind farm, NBN winding

down and the Waratah bogie overhaul

Items outside of underlying earnings also negatively

impacted operating cash flow ($34.3m), primarily

payroll remediation costs and portfolio restructure

and exit costs

Cash flow conversion for Downer’s core Urban

Services businesses remained strong

Spotless cash flow conversion ~80% for FY20

Factoring at 30 June 2020 was $102.2m

($113.7m at 31 December 2019)

No reverse factoring of payables

FY20 includes benefit of $152.9m arising from

lease payment reclassification

1

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

2

Cash conversion for FY20 has been calculated following the adoption of AASB16 from 1 July 2019 (comparatives have not been restated).

3

Includes $151.8m depreciation of Right-of-use-assets (ROUA) following the adoption of AASB 16.

4

Interest, including AASB 16 finance leases of $26.4m and other costs of finance paid less interest received.

$mFY191H202H20FY20

2

Change

(%)

Underlying

1

EBIT

490.2180.4164.3344.7

(29.7)

Add: depreciation and

amortisation

3

360.0248.9268.4517.3

43.7

Underlying

1

EBITDA

850.2429.3432.7862.0

1.4

Operating cash flow

630.2(4.5)183.3178.8

(71.6)

Add: Net interest paid

4

70.951.052.7103.7

46.3

Add: Tax paid

55.9(27.0)84.957.9

3.6

Adjusted operating cash

flow

757.019.5320.9340.4

(55.0)

EBITDA conversion

89.0%4.5%74.2%39.5%(49.5)pp

Cash flow
26

Net capital expenditure reduction of

23.4%

Mining and Laundries represent

65.2% of total capital expenditure

Other acquisitions represent

deferred purchase consideration

Continued technology investment in

data centres and network

infrastructure

1

Includes purchase of assets as a lessor $34.0m (FY19: $52.6m).

$mFY19FY20

Change

(%)

Total operating

630.2

178.8

(71.6)

Net capital expenditure

1

(395.1)

(302.8)

23.4

Business acquisitions

(71.5)

(29.8)

58.3

IT systems upgrade

(32.4)

(61.7)

(90.4)

Advances to JVs and other

(10.7)

(3.6)

66.4

Total investing

(509.7)

(397.9)

21.9

Net proceeds of borrowings

155.1

348.7

>100

Dividends paid

(174.9)

(90.7)

48.1

Payment of principal lease liabilities

-

(152.9)

(100.0)

Total financing

(19.8)

105.1

>100

Net increase / (decrease) in cash

100.7

(114.0)

>(100)

Cash at 30 June

710.7

588.5

(17.2)

Total liquidity

1,777.7

1,858.5

4.5

Balance sheet and capital management
27

Gearing increase due to lower

operating cash flow

Reduction in net assets a result of

adoption of AASB 16 Leases and

items outside of FY20 underlying

result

Focus on debt reduction and reduced

gearing

FY20 reported gearing of 35.5%

(pro-forma gearing of 29.5%, adjusted

for the equity raising and Spotless

minorities acquisition)

$mJun-19

3

Jun-20

Current assets

3,164.73,404.7

Non-current assets

4,850.75,267.8

- Goodwill

2,454.52,281.3

- Acquired intangible assets

418.3349.4

- PP&E, Software and other

1,977.92,044.5

- Right-of-use assets

-592.6

Total Liabilities

(4,982.6)(6,052.0)

- Lease liabilities

-(763.2)

- Other liabilities

(4,982.6)(5,288.8)

Net Assets

3,032.82,620.5

Net Debt

1

(1,012.6)(1,480.5)

Gearing: net debt / net debt plus

equity

2,3

25.0%35.5%

Net debt / EBITDA1.21.7

1

Adjusted for the marked-to-market derivatives and deferred finance charges and excludes the lease liabilities of $763.2m at 30 June 2020.

2

Equity adjusted to exclude the impact of AASB 16 of $66.0m.

3

Restated following review of Group’s compliance with Employee Agreements and Modern Award Obligations.

Group debt profile
28

Weighted average debt duration of 3.4 years

1

(3.6 years at 30 June 19)

Downer intends to review and replace

Spotless’ financing upon increasing its

ownership to 100% of Spotless

The combined debt platform will be more

efficient and allow the Group to focus on

extending debt duration and increased

diversity of funding sources

Debt facilities

$m

DOWSPOGroup

Total limit

2

2,304.81,034.23,339.0

Drawn

2

1,289.8779.22,069.0

Available1,015.0255.01,270.0

Cash465.6122.9588.5

Total liquidity1,480.6377.91,858.5

Net debt

2

824.2656.31,480.5

1

Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit).

2

Exclude lease liabilities.

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

Syndicated Bank DebtUSPPBilateral Bank DebtA$ MTNJPY MTN

A$m

Grant Fenn
29

Supplementary
information

30

Work-in-hand overview
31

Total Group work-in-hand (WIH) of $42.2bn

(compared to $44.3bn at Jun-19)

Core urban services WIH remains strong

A$bnFY19FY20

Transport

17.716.9

Utilities

4.75.2

Facilities (core)

1

12.612.6

Asset Services (EC&M)

2.11.6

Core Urban Services Businesses

37.136.3

Mining

2.93.2

Laundries

0.60.6

Other non-core businesses

2

3.72.1

Total work-in-hand

44.342.2

43.5

44.3

46.4

42.2

Dec-18Jun-19Dec-19Jun-20

Work-in -hand $bn

1

Facilities (core) excludes Hospitality, Laundries and Infrastructure & Construction.

2

Includes work-in -hand of Hospitality (Facilities segment), Engineering & Construction (EC&M segment) and Infrastructure & Construction (Facilities segment).

Reconciliation to segment financials
32

Underlying EBITA

1,2

($m)FY19FY20

Asset Services (EC&M)

13.427.1

Engineering & Construction (EC&M)

19.9(69.2)

EC&M Segment EBITA

33.3(42.1)

Facilities (core)

133.6133.9

Infrastructure & Construction (Facilities)

(3.1)(9.0)

Laundries (Facilities)

17.59.1

Hospitality (Facilities)

22.5(19.7)

Facilities Segment EBITA

170.5114.3

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpense. Group FY20: $71.3m. (FY19: $70.4m)

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Reconciliation of Facilities to Spotless result
33

Facilities

segment

Less:

Hawkins

Building

Add:

Spotless

Utilities

Spotless

FY20

Spotless

FY19

Total Revenue3,315.7(413.6)158.13,060.23,025.1

Underlying EBITA

1,2

114.3(5.5)12.2121.0170.0

EBITA margin3.4%1.3%7.7%4.0%5.6%

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(9.8)0.7-(9.1)(11.0)

Underlying EBIT

1

104.5(4.8)12.2111.9159.0

Items outside of underlying EBIT

3

(151.0)-

Statutory EBIT(39.1)159.0

Net Interest Expense(36.4)(39.2)

Tax Expense22.4(35.8)

NPAT(53.1)84.0

NPATA

2

(46.7)91.7

1

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performanc e of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortis ationexpense. Spotless FY20 $9.1m, $6.4m after-tax (FY19 $11.0m, $7.7m after-tax).

3

Comprise of $9.9m historical contract claims adjustment and $141.1m individually significant items.

34
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

+7.9% v FY19(2.8)% v FY19(0.6)pp v FY19(4.0)pp v FY19

5.6%

5.0%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

FY19FY20

26.4%

22.4%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

FY19FY20

4,348.3

4,692.3

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

FY19FY20

242.4

235.6

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

FY19FY20

Transport

Revenue $mEBITA marginROFE

+7.2% v FY19(15.8)% v FY19(1.1)pp v FY19(9.2)pp v FY19

5.4%

4.3%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

FY19FY20

29.4%

20.2%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

FY19FY20

2,506.7

2,688.0

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

FY19FY20

136.1

114.6

0

50

100

150

FY19FY20

EBITA $m

Utilities

35
Facilities

Revenue $mEBITA

1

$mEBITA

1

marginROFE

2

(2.3)% v FY19(33.0)% v FY19(1.6)pp v FY19(2.7)pp v FY19

5.0%

3.4%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

FY19FY20

19.1%

16.4%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

FY19FY20

3,392.7

3,315.7

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

FY19FY20

170.5

114.3

0

50

100

150

200

FY19FY20

1

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performanc e of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

2

Restated following review of Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements and Modern Award Obligations.

36
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA marginROFE

+4.8% v FY19+3.0% v FY19(0.1)pp v FY19+0.3pp v FY19

Mining

5.2%

5.1%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

FY19FY20

14.5%

14.8%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

FY19FY20

1,478.5

1,549.8

0

500

1000

1500

2000

FY19FY20

76.7

79.0

0

20

40

60

80

100

FY19FY20

EC&M

Revenue $mEBITA

1

$mEBITA

1

marginROFE

(31.5)% v FY19>(100)% v FY19(5.6)pp v FY19(45.8)pp v FY19

2.0%

-3.6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

FY19FY20

23.1%

-22.7%

-25%

-15%

-5%

5%

15%

25%

FY19FY20

1,704.6

1,168.0

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

FY19FY20

33.3

-42.1

-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

FY19FY20

1

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performanc e of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 1

Appendix 4G

Key to Disclosures

Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

Name of entity

Downer EDI Limited


ABN/ARBN Financial year ended:

97 003 872 848 30 June 2020

Our corporate governance statement

1

for the period above can be found at:

2




These pages of our

annual report:

Pages


This URL on our

website:


The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at 30 June 2020 and has been

approved by the board.

The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.

3


Date: 12 August 2020

Name of authorised officer

authorising lodgement:

Robert John Regan



1

“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3 which

discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during

a particular reporting period.

Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a

corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a

statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the

recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a

recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that

recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and

what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its annual

report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual report with

ASX. The c orporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the purposes of

Listing Rule 4.10.3.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must also lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX. The Appendix 4G serves a dual purpose. It acts as a key designed to assist readers to locate the governance

disclosures made by a listed entity under Listing Rule 4.10.3 and under the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

recommendations. It also acts as a verification tool for listed entities to confirm that they have met the disclosure requirements of

Listing Rule 4.10.3.

The Appendix 4G is not a substitute for, and is not to be confused with, the entity's corporate governance statement. They serve

different purposes and an entity must produce each of them separately.

2

Tick whichever option is correct and then complete the page number(s) of the annual report, or the URL of the web page, where

your corporate governance statement can be found. You can, if you wish, delete the option which is not applicable.

3

Throughout this form, where you are given two or more options to select, you can, if you wish, delete any option which is not

applicable and just retain the option that is applicable. If you select an option that includes “OR” at the end of the selection and

you delete the other options, you can also, if you wish, delete the “OR” at the end of the selection.

See notes 4 and 5 below for further instructions on how to complete this form.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 2

ANNEXURE – KEY TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES


Corporate Governance Council recommendation

Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

1.1 A listed entity should have and disclose a board charter setting

out:

(a) the respective roles and responsibilities of its board and

management; and

(b) those matters expressly reserved to the board and those

delegated to management.

☒and we have disclosed a copy of our board charter at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board-

Charter.pdf



☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.2 A listed entity should:

(a) undertake appropriate checks before appointing a director or

senior executive or putting someone forward for election as

a director; and

(b) provide security holders with all material information in its

possession relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect

or re-elect a director.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.3

A listed entity should have a written agreement with each director

and senior executive setting out the terms of their appointment.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.4 The company secretary of a listed entity should be accountable

directly to the board, through the chair, on all matters to do with

the proper functioning of the board.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable



4

Tick the box in this column only if you have followed the relevant recommendation in full f or the whole of the period above. W here the recommendation has a disclosure obligation attached, you must insert

the location where that disclosure has been made, where indicated by the line with “insert location” underneath. If the disclosure in question has been made in your corporate governance statement, you

need only insert “our corporate governance statement”. If the disclosure has been made in your annual report, you should insert the page number(s) of your annual report (eg “pages 10-12 of our annual

report”). If the disclosure has been made on your website, you should insert the URL of the web page where the disclosure has been made or can be accessed (eg “www.entityname.com.au/corporate

governance/charters/”).

5

If you have followed all of the Council’s recommendations in full f or the whole of the period above, you can, if you wish, delete this column from the form and re-f ormat it.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 3

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


1.5 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a diversity policy;

(b) through its board or a committee of the board set

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity in the

composition of its board, senior executives and workforce

generally; and

(c) disclose in relation to each reporting period:

(1) the measurable objectives set for that period to

achieve gender diversity;

(2) the entity’s progress towards achieving those

objectives; and

(3) either:

(A) the respective proportions of men and women

on the board, in senior executive positions and

across the whole workforce (including how the

entity has defined “senior executive” for these

purposes); or

(B) if the entity is a “relevant employer” under the

Workplace Gender Equality Act, the entity’s

most recent “Gender Equality Indicators”, as

defined in and published under that Act.

If the entity was in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the

commencement of the reporting period, the measurable objective

for achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board

should be to have not less than 30% of its directors of each

gender within a specified period.

☒ and we have disclosed a copy of our diversity policy at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/

Policies/Diversity_and_Inclusion_Policy_and_Standard.pdf

and we have disclosed the information referred to in paragraph (c)

at:

our Corporate Governance Statement


and if we were included in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the

commencement of the reporting period our measurable objective for

achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board of not less

than 30% of its directors of each gender within a specified period.

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.6 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of the board, its committees and individual

directors; and

(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance

evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that

process during or in respect of that period.

☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in

paragraph (a) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the

reporting period in accordance with that process at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 4

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


1.7 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for evaluating the performance

of its senior executives at least once every reporting period;

and

(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance

evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that

process during or in respect of that period.

☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in

paragraph (a) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the

reporting period in accordance with that process at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 5

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


PRINCIPLE 2 - STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO BE EFFECTIVE AND ADD VALUE

2.1 The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a nomination committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number

of times the committee met throughout the period

and the individual attendances of the members at

those meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a nomination committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs to address board

succession issues and to ensure that the board has the

appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience,

independence and diversity to enable it to discharge its

duties and responsibilities effectively.

☒ ☐

and we have disclosed a copy of the charter of the committee at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/pdf/Nomination-and-

Corporate-Governance-Committee-Charter.pdf

and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

page 20 of our 2020 Annual Report – Directors’ Report


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.2

A listed entity should have and disclose a board skills matrix

setting out the mix of skills that the board currently has or is

looking to achieve in its membership.

☒and we have disclosed our board skills matrix at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.3 A listed entity should disclose:

(a) the names of the directors considered by the board to be

independent directors;

(b) if a director has an interest, position, affiliation or

relationship of the type described in Box 2.3 but the board

is of the opinion that it does not compromise the

independence of the director, the nature of the interest,

position or relationship in question and an explanation of

why the board is of that opinion; and

(c) the length of service of each director.

☒and we have disclosed the names of the directors considered by

the board to be independent directors at:

pages 4-5 of our 2020 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

and, where applicable, the information referred to in paragraph (b)

at:

Not applicable

and the length of service of each director at:

pages 4-5 of our 2020 Annual Report – Directors’ Report


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 6

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


2.4

A majority of the board of a listed entity should be independent

directors.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.5 The chair of the board of a listed entity should be an

independent director and, in particular, should not be the same

person as the CEO of the entity.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.6

A listed entity should have a program for inducting new

directors and for periodically reviewing whether there is a need

for existing directors to undertake professional development to

maintain the skills and knowledge needed to perform their role

as directors effectively.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


PRINCIPLE 3 – INSTIL A CULTURE OF ACTING LAWFULLY, ETHICALLY AND RESPONSIBLY

3.1 A listed entity should articulate and disclose its values.

☒and we have disclosed our values at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

https://www.downergroup.com/about-us


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

3.2 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a code of conduct for its directors,

senior executives and employees; and

(b) ensure that the board or a committee of the board is

informed of any material breaches of that code.

☒and we have disclosed our code of conduct at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/

Policies/DOW_Standards_of_Business_Conduct_interactive.pdf


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

3.3 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a whistleblower policy; and

(b) ensure that the board or a committee of the board is

informed of any material incidents reported under that

policy.

☒and we have disclosed our whistleblower policy at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/

Policies/Business_Integrity_Policy__Final_.pdf


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

3.4 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose an anti-bribery and corruption policy;

and

(b) ensure that the board or committee of the board is

informed of any material breaches of that policy.

☒and we have disclosed our anti-bribery and corruption policy at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/

Policies/Anti-

Bribery_and_Corruption_Gifts_and_Benefits_Policy__Final_-

_External_.pdf

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 7

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


PRINCIPLE 4 – SAFEGUARD THE INTEGRITY OF CORPORATE REPORTS

4.1 The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have an audit committee which:

(1) has at least three members, all of whom are non-

executive directors and a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director, who is not

the chair of the board,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the relevant qualifications and experience of the

members of the committee; and

(5) in relation to each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have an audit committee, disclose that fact

and the processes it employs that independently verify

and safeguard the integrity of its corporate reporting,

including the processes for the appointment and removal

of the external auditor and the rotation of the audit

engagement partner.

☒ ☐

and we have disclosed a copy of the charter of the committee at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2018/PDF/Board/

2018_06_20_Audit_and_Risk_Committee_Charter_website_version.

pdf

and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

page 20 of our 2020 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement

4.2

The board of a listed entity should, be

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.